WO2022001933A1 - Channel state information feedback method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Channel state information feedback method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022001933A1
WO2022001933A1 PCT/CN2021/102680 CN2021102680W WO2022001933A1 WO 2022001933 A1 WO2022001933 A1 WO 2022001933A1 CN 2021102680 W CN2021102680 W CN 2021102680W WO 2022001933 A1 WO2022001933 A1 WO 2022001933A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
antenna
port
information
antenna elements
csi
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/102680
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
尚鹏
金黄平
毕晓艳
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022001933A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022001933A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/0413MIMO systems
    • H04B7/0456Selection of precoding matrices or codebooks, e.g. using matrices antenna weighting
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0619Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
    • H04B7/0621Feedback content
    • H04B7/0626Channel coefficients, e.g. channel state information [CSI]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0686Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of antenna technologies, and in particular, to a method and a communication device for feeding back channel state information.
  • multiple input and multiple output (multiple input and multiple output, MIMO) technology is introduced.
  • MIMO multiple input and multiple output
  • future designs of the antenna array may include more than one type of antenna element.
  • an antenna array designed in the future may include a two-port antenna unit and a four-port antenna unit.
  • the antenna elements included in the antenna array are not uniformly distributed in the horizontal direction and/or the vertical direction.
  • the throughput of the system also depends on the accuracy of the base station's acquisition of downlink channel state information (CSI).
  • CSI downlink channel state information
  • the terminal can feed back a precoding matrix based on a codebook that is linearly combined with multiple orthogonal beams, and the base station needs to feed back the precoding matrix or precoding through the terminal Matrix index (Precoding Matrix Index, PMI) method to obtain the downlink optimal precoding matrix.
  • CSI downlink channel state information
  • the existing antenna array is a traditional dual-polarized antenna array, that is, an antenna array composed of cross-polarized antennas, and the codebook corresponding to the dual-polarized antenna array is, for example, the first codebook.
  • the protocol specifies a rule for determining the correspondence between the antenna port and the channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) port.
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • antenna arrays designed in the future may include more than one type of antenna elements. If this rule is followed, multiple correspondences between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports may be determined.
  • the system performance corresponding to different correspondences is also different. If the terminal arbitrarily selects a correspondence between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports to feed back the precoding matrix, better system performance may not be guaranteed.
  • the present application provides a channel state information feedback method and communication device, which indicate the correspondence between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports for terminals, which can be compatible with various types of antenna arrays and improve system performance.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for feeding back channel state information.
  • the method may be executed by a first communication device, and the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method. , such as a chip or system-on-chip.
  • the following description takes the communication device as a terminal as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal receives first indication information from the network device, and sends CSI to the network device according to the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for feeding back channel state information.
  • the method may be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method. , such as a chip or system-on-chip.
  • the following description will be given by taking the communication device as a network device as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to a communication system including a hybrid antenna array (eg, antenna units including various numbers of ports).
  • a hybrid antenna array eg, antenna units including various numbers of ports.
  • the network device may indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports for the terminal, which is compatible with the current determination rule of the order of the antenna ports.
  • the corresponding relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port indicated by the network device corresponds to the hybrid antenna array set by the network device, so even if there are multiple hybrid antenna arrays, because the corresponding relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port is different from the network device. It corresponds to the hybrid antenna array set by the equipment, so it can ensure better system performance. It can be seen that, with the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, in the case of multiple hybrid antenna arrays, the order of the antenna ports can be specified, so as to be compatible with various types of antenna arrays. At the same time, the network device can indicate the same or different antenna port sequences for different hybrid antenna arrays to ensure better system performance.
  • the antenna port corresponds to a radio frequency channel of an antenna array, and the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
  • the antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a variety of hybrid antenna arrays, such as an array composed of antenna elements with various port numbers, or an array composed of antenna elements distributed at unequal intervals in the horizontal direction or the vertical direction. wide.
  • the embodiments of this application are intended to indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports.
  • the network device may directly indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports, or may indirectly indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports.
  • the corresponding relationship of RS ports includes the following methods:
  • the first indication information includes first information and second information, where the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, wherein the second The information is used to indicate the vertical and horizontal dimensions of the first matrix used to determine the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports.
  • the first matrix can be considered as the mapping relationship between the virtual antenna ports of the antenna array and the CSI-RS ports, the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix can be indicated by the second information, and the first matrix can be indicated by the first information.
  • the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in . In this way, the terminal can determine which antenna ports in the first matrix are used for feeding back CSI based on the first information and the second information, which is easy to implement.
  • the second information may be carried in a first field and a second field, the first field is used to carry the vertical dimension of the first matrix, and the second field is used to carry the first matrix the horizontal dimension.
  • the second information is carried in a third field
  • the third field occupies one or more bits
  • different values of the third field indicate first matrices of different dimensions.
  • This solution may indirectly indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix, for example, the possible dimensions of the first matrix are defined in advance, and different dimensions correspond to different values.
  • the dimension of the first matrix can be determined by the value carried in the third field, and there is no need to separately indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix, which can save system overhead as much as possible.
  • the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, and the first matrix is used to determine the the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port.
  • the first matrix corresponding to the first information may have multiple dimensions, it can be agreed in advance that the dimension of the first matrix corresponding to the first information is one of these multiple dimensions, so that the network The device only needs to inform the terminal of the first information, but does not need to inform the terminal of the vertical dimension or the horizontal dimension of the first matrix, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the first indication information further includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate any two adjacent antennas included in the antenna array The spacing of elements in the horizontal direction, and the spacing of any two adjacent antenna elements in the vertical direction. Since the third information can be used to indicate the interval between any two adjacent antenna units in the horizontal direction, and the interval between any two adjacent antenna units in the vertical direction, even if the antenna units set by the base station are distributed at unequal intervals, Through this solution, the corresponding relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS can also be determined. It can be seen that this solution is not only compatible with antenna units including a variety of port numbers, but also compatible with antenna units distributed at unequal intervals, and has a wider application range.
  • the antenna unit includes a four-port antenna unit, and the method further includes:
  • the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antennas, and the first indication information is determined according to the two-port antenna obtained after the equivalence, wherein,
  • the first antenna element and the second antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to a two-port antenna element, and the third antenna element and the fourth antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to another two-port antenna element.
  • the antenna element and the third antenna element are the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit in the first polarization direction, and the second antenna element and the fourth antenna element are the two antennas of the four-port antenna unit in the second polarization direction vibrator.
  • the four-port antenna unit can be equivalent to two two-port antenna units, that is, other types of antenna units are equivalent to the traditional dual-polarized antenna array, which is compatible with the traditional dual-polarized antenna.
  • Array-matched codebook no need to redesign the codebook.
  • the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antenna units in the embodiments of the present application, including but not limited to the following equivalent ways:
  • the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are distributed along the diagonal.
  • the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit remain unchanged, wherein the positions of the two antenna elements of any one of the two two-port antenna units are different. That is, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit after being equivalent are all different.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal-side communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication apparatus may include a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein the transceiver module is configured to receive first indication information from a network device, and send the CSI determined by the processing module according to the first indication information to the network device, wherein, The first indication information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port.
  • the antenna port corresponds to a radio frequency channel of an antenna array, wherein the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
  • the antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
  • the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate an antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, wherein the first A matrix is used to determine the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports.
  • the first indication information further includes second information, where the second information is used to indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix.
  • the first indication information further includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements in the vertical direction.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a network-side communication device or a communication device capable of supporting functions required by the communication device to implement the method, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein the transceiver module is configured to send first indication information generated by the processing module to a terminal and receive CSI from the terminal, wherein the first indication The information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port, and the CSI is determined according to the first indication information.
  • the antenna port corresponds to a radio frequency channel of an antenna array, wherein the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
  • the antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
  • the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate an antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, wherein the first A matrix is used to determine the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports.
  • the first indication information further includes second information, where the second information is used to indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix.
  • the first indication information further includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements in the vertical direction.
  • the processing module is further configured to equate the four-port antenna unit into two two-port antennas, and determine the first indication information according to the two-port antennas obtained after the equivalence, wherein,
  • the first antenna element and the second antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to a two-port antenna element, and the third antenna element and the fourth antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to another two-port antenna element.
  • the antenna element and the third antenna element are the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit in the first polarization direction, and the second antenna element and the fourth antenna element are the two antennas of the four-port antenna unit in the second polarization direction vibrator.
  • the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antenna units in the embodiments of the present application, including but not limited to the following equivalent ways:
  • the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are distributed along the diagonal.
  • the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit remain unchanged, wherein the positions of the two antenna elements of any one of the two two-port antenna units are different. That is, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit after being equivalent are all different.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a CSI feedback method, the method can be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device can be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method, For example a chip or a system of chips.
  • the following description will be given by taking the communication device as a network device as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal Send first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports included in the antenna array and the CSI-RS ports.
  • the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
  • the antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
  • equalizing each four-port antenna included in the antenna array as two two-port antennas includes:
  • the first antenna element and the second antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to a two-port antenna element, and the third antenna element and the fourth antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to another two-port antenna element.
  • the first antenna element and the third antenna element are the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna element in the first polarization direction, and the second antenna element and the fourth antenna element are the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna element in the second polarization direction Antenna vibrator.
  • the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antenna units in the embodiments of the present application, including but not limited to the following equivalent ways:
  • the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are distributed along the diagonal.
  • the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit remain unchanged, wherein the positions of the two antenna elements of any one of the two two-port antenna units are different. That is, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit after being equivalent are all different.
  • the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate an antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, wherein the first A matrix is used to determine the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports.
  • the first indication information includes first information and second information, and the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, wherein, The second information is used to indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix, and the first matrix is used to determine the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port.
  • the first indication information further includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements in the vertical direction.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a network-side communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein the processing module is configured to equivalently convert each four-port antenna included in the antenna array into two two-port antennas, obtain an equivalent antenna array, and obtain the equivalent antenna array according to the The equivalent antenna array performs CSI-RS port mapping; the transceiver module is configured to send first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the antenna ports included in the antenna array and the CSI-RS Port correspondence.
  • the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
  • the antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
  • the processing module is specifically used for:
  • the first antenna element and the second antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to a two-port antenna element, and the third antenna element and the fourth antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to another two-port antenna element.
  • the first antenna element and the third antenna element are the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna element in the first polarization direction, and the second antenna element and the fourth antenna element are the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna element in the second polarization direction Antenna vibrator.
  • the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antenna units in the embodiments of the present application, including but not limited to the following equivalent ways:
  • the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are distributed along the diagonal.
  • the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit remain unchanged, wherein the positions of the two antenna elements of any one of the two two-port antenna units are different. That is, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit after being equivalent are all different.
  • the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate an antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, wherein the first A matrix is used to determine the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports.
  • the first indication information includes first information and second information, and the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, wherein, The second information is used to indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix, and the first matrix is used to determine the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port.
  • the first indication information further includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements in the vertical direction.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the communication device may be the communication device in the third aspect or the fourth aspect or the sixth aspect in the above-mentioned embodiments, or the communication device in the third aspect or the fourth aspect or the chip or chip system in the communication device of the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device includes a communication interface, a processor, and optionally, a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions or data
  • the processor is coupled with the memory and the communication interface, and when the processor reads the computer program or instructions or data, the communication device is made to execute the above-mentioned method embodiments by the terminal or the communication interface. The method performed by the network device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver in a communication device, for example, implemented by an antenna, a feeder, a codec, etc. in the communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip provided in a network device, the communication interface It can be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output circuits, pins, etc., for inputting/outputting instructions, data or signals.
  • the transceiver is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, when the communication device is a terminal, the other device is a network device; or, when the communication device is a network device, the other device is a terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor, and may further include a memory, for implementing the method executed by the communication apparatus of the third aspect or the fourth aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the communication device described in the third aspect and the communication device described in the fourth aspect, or the communication system includes the communication device described in the third aspect A communication device and the communication device of the sixth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, the method executed by the terminal in the above aspects is implemented; A method of an aspect performed by a network device.
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed, the method performed by the terminal in the above aspects is executed, or the above-mentioned method is executed.
  • a method performed by a network device of various aspects is performed.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a suitable communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a dual-polarized antenna unit provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a corresponding relationship between a vibrator and a radio frequency channel in a dual-polarized antenna unit provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a hybrid antenna array provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a terminal feeding back CSI to a base station
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a correspondence between a dual-polarized antenna unit and a CSI-RS port provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of possible correspondences existing between antenna elements included in a hybrid antenna array and CSI-RS ports provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of possible correspondences existing between antenna elements included in a hybrid antenna array and CSI-RS ports provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the principle that QHA/QSA is equivalent to XPO in the same polarization direction provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram illustrating that a hybrid antenna array provided by an embodiment of the application is equivalent to a conventional dual-polarized antenna
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a four-port antenna unit provided by an embodiment of the present application being equivalent to a conventional dual-polarized antenna;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array provided by an embodiment of the present application being equivalent to a dual-polarized antenna array;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a method for feeding back channel state information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array provided by an embodiment of the present application being equivalent to a virtual dual-polarized antenna array;
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array provided by an embodiment of the present application being equivalent to a virtual dual-polarized antenna array;
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of possible correspondences between antenna elements included in a hybrid antenna array and CSI-RS ports provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • 17 is a schematic diagram of unevenly spaced antenna elements in the horizontal direction
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is another schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) systems, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) systems, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile Communication system (universal mobile telecommunication system, UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, and new wireless (new radio, NR) communication system, etc.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile Communication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • NR new wireless
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to a machine-to-machine (M2M) network, an internet of things (Internet of things, IoT) network, or other networks. It can also be applied to links between devices, such as device-to-device (D2D) links.
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • IoT internet of things
  • a D2D link can also be called a sidelink, and a sidelink can also be called a side link or a secondary link.
  • the above terms all refer to links established between devices of the same type, and have the same meaning.
  • the so-called equipment of the same type may be a link between terminals and terminals, a link between a base station and a base station, or a link between a relay node and a relay node, etc. This embodiment of the present application This is not limited.
  • FIG. 1 is an application scenario applied by the embodiment of the present application, or a network architecture applied by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 includes network devices and 6 terminals. It should be understood that the number of terminals in FIG. 1 is only an example, and may be more or less.
  • the network architecture may also include other network devices, such as wireless The relay device and the wireless backhaul device are not shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the network device is an access device through which the terminal accesses the network wirelessly, and may be a base station.
  • the network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems, for example, in the fourth-generation mobile communication technology (4th-generation, 4G) system, it can correspond to an evolved base station (evolutional Node B, eNB or e-NodeB) in LTE, In the 5G NR system, it corresponds to the next generation node B (gNB); these six terminals can be cellular phones, smart phones, portable computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, A personal digital assistant (PDA) and/or any other suitable device for communicating over a wireless communication system can be connected to the network device.
  • 4G fourth-generation mobile communication technology
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • gNB next generation node B
  • these six terminals can be cellular phones, smart phones, portable computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems
  • a personal digital assistant (PDA) and/or any other suitable device for communicating over a wireless communication system can be connected to the network device.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to uplink signal transmission, may also be applicable to downlink signal transmission, and may also be applicable to D2D signal transmission.
  • the sending device is a network device, and the corresponding receiving device is a terminal;
  • the sending device is a terminal, and the corresponding receiving device is a network device;
  • D2D signal transmission the sending device is a terminal, and the receiving device is also terminal.
  • the three terminals shown in the dotted line area in FIG. 1 may be suitable for D2D signal transmission, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the direction of signal transmission.
  • a terminal also called a terminal device, can be a wireless terminal device that can receive scheduling and instructions from network devices.
  • a wireless terminal device can be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, or a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or Other processing equipment connected to the wireless modem.
  • a wireless end device may communicate with one or more core networks or the Internet via a radio access network (eg, radio access network, RAN), and the wireless end device may be a mobile end device, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) , mobile phone (mobile phone), computer and data card, for example, may be portable, pocket, hand-held, computer built-in or vehicle mounted mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with the radio access network.
  • Wireless terminal equipment may also be referred to as a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station (MS), a remote station, an access point ( access point (AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), subscriber station (SS), user terminal equipment (customer premises equipment, CPE), terminal (terminal), user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc.
  • the wireless terminal device can also be a wearable device and a next-generation communication system, for example, a terminal in a 5G network or a terminal in a future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) network, a terminal in an NR communication system, etc. .
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • a network device is an entity on the network side that transmits or receives signals, such as a new generation base station (generation Node B, gNodeB).
  • a network device may be a device used to communicate with mobile devices.
  • the network device may be an AP in wireless local area networks (WLAN), an evolved base station (evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in long term evolution (LTE), or a relay station or access point, or In-vehicle equipment, wearable equipment and network equipment in future 5G networks or network equipment in future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) networks, or gNodeB/gNB in NR systems, etc.
  • the network device is a gNB as an example.
  • the gNB may include an antenna, a base band unit (BBU) and a remote radio unit (RRU).
  • the BBU may be connected to the RRU through a common public radio interface (CPRI) or enhanced CPRI (enhance CPRI, eCPRI), and the RRU may be connected to the antenna through a feeder.
  • CPRI common public radio interface
  • eCPRI enhanced CPRI
  • the antenna can be a passive antenna, which is separated from the RRU and can be connected through a cable.
  • the antenna may be an active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU), that is, the antenna unit of the AAU and the RRU are integrated into one piece.
  • AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas.
  • a gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU).
  • the CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB.
  • the DU can be used to transmit and receive radio frequency signals, convert radio frequency signals to baseband signals, and perform part of baseband processing.
  • the CU can be used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing functions of radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layers.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, medium access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, therefore, in this architecture, the higher-layer signaling, such as the RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU. , or, sent by DU and AAU.
  • the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network devices in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network devices in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • the DU can deploy an antenna array, the antenna array can include one or more antenna units, each antenna unit can include one or more vibrators, and each vibrator can correspond to a radio frequency chain (RF chain), or multiple The vibrator can correspond to one RF channel.
  • RF chain radio frequency chain
  • the plurality of antenna elements can form an antenna system in the form of an array, the antenna system can be called an antenna array, or an antenna array.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a dual-polarized antenna array.
  • a dual-polarized antenna array means that the antenna elements are evenly distributed in the vertical and horizontal directions.
  • the antenna array shown in FIG. 2 is an 8 ⁇ 8 antenna array, that is, the antenna array includes 8 rows and 8 columns of antenna elements.
  • Each antenna unit is a cross-polarized antenna unit (also referred to as a dual-polarized antenna unit for short), which is indicated by "x".
  • Each cross-polarized antenna element corresponds to two polarization directions, as shown in Figure 2, " ⁇ " represents the first polarization direction, and "/" represents the second polarization direction.
  • the first polarization direction may be the horizontal polarization direction, and the second polarization direction may be the vertical polarization direction; or, the first polarization direction may be the vertical polarization direction, and the second polarization direction may be the horizontal polarization direction ;
  • the first polarization direction may be the +45° polarization direction, and the second polarization direction may be the -45° polarization direction; or, the first polarization direction may be the -45° polarization direction, and the second polarization direction may be The polarization direction may be the +45° polarization direction.
  • each antenna element may comprise a cross-polarized antenna.
  • each antenna unit includes two dipoles with different polarization directions, such as one dipole in the first polarization direction and one dipole in the second polarization direction.
  • Each oscillator can be driven by an independent RF channel.
  • One radio frequency channel corresponds to one antenna port, that is, each vibrator may correspond to one antenna port, that is, each antenna unit may correspond to two antenna ports, and the antenna unit may be referred to as a two-port antenna unit.
  • each antenna element includes a plurality of cross-polarized antennas.
  • each antenna unit may include two groups of elements with different polarization directions, such as a group of elements with a first polarization direction and a group of elements with a second polarization direction.
  • Each group of vibrators may include a plurality of vibrators, and the plurality of vibrators may be driven by an independent radio frequency channel. That is, each group of vibrators may correspond to one antenna port, that is, each antenna unit may also correspond to two antenna ports, and the antenna unit is still a two-port antenna unit.
  • each sub-array may correspond to one radio frequency channel, that is, one antenna port.
  • each antenna unit may be composed of multiple sub-arrays.
  • a two-port antenna unit consists of two sub-arrays.
  • a group of vibrators corresponding to one radio frequency channel is referred to as a sub-array.
  • FIG. 3 shows an example of a cross-polarized antenna element.
  • FIG. 3 specifically shows the correspondence between the antenna elements in the cross-polarized antenna unit and the radio frequency channel (antenna port).
  • a) in FIG. 3 shows an antenna unit composed of two dipoles with different polarization directions. The vibrator in the first polarization direction is driven by the radio frequency channel 1 , and the vibrator in the second polarization direction is driven by the radio frequency channel 2 .
  • b) in FIG. 3 shows an antenna unit composed of two groups of dipoles with different polarization directions.
  • the four oscillators in the first polarization direction are all driven by the radio frequency channel 1
  • the four oscillators in the second polarization direction are all driven by the radio frequency channel 2 .
  • b) in FIG. 3 only takes an example that one antenna unit includes four vibrators in the same polarization direction, that is, one radio frequency channel drives four vibrators.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of oscillators driven by the radio frequency channel.
  • each RF channel can drive one oscillator, two oscillators, three oscillators, or any other number of oscillators.
  • the distance between two adjacent antenna units is set to be the half wavelength of the working frequency.
  • the antenna array under this design has excellent spatial resolution and strong sidelobe suppression.
  • the dual-polarized antenna array shown in Figure 2 Take the dual-polarized antenna array shown in Figure 2 as an example.
  • the distance between two adjacent antenna units is 0.5 wavelengths.
  • the total distance between the antenna units is about 3.5 (0.5 ⁇ 7) wavelengths.
  • the width of the antenna array shown in FIG. 2 can be designed to be about 4 wavelengths.
  • the base station deploys the antenna, due to the influence of factors such as wind resistance, the area of the antenna array is limited, especially the width of the antenna array.
  • the corresponding width of the antenna array is about 667 millimeters (mm).
  • the number of antenna elements increases, the dimension of the antenna array increases, and the area of the antenna array also increases, which is not conducive to the deployment of the antenna array.
  • the area of the antenna array is limited.
  • the typical size of the antenna array is limited to 500cm horizontally and 1000cm vertically.
  • the horizontal and/or vertical spacing between multiple antenna elements of an antenna array designed in the future may not be uniform, or the multiple antenna elements may be irregularly distributed.
  • greater system throughput can be obtained by increasing the number of antenna ports.
  • the antenna arrays designed in the future may include multiple antenna elements with different numbers of antenna ports.
  • the antenna arrays designed in the future are hereinafter referred to as hybrid antenna arrays. It should be understood that the types of antenna elements included in the hybrid antenna array are different. It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, the types of antenna units may be divided according to the number of antenna ports, or may be divided according to the interval between antenna units.
  • a certain antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one column of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction. If the spacing between two antenna elements in at least one row is different or partially the same, then the antenna array is a hybrid antenna array. If the spacing between two antenna elements in at least one column of antenna elements is different or partially the same, then the antenna array is a hybrid antenna array.
  • the antenna array can be divided into at least two types according to whether the spacing of the antenna elements is uniform or non-uniform. For example, if the antenna elements included in the antenna array are evenly spaced, the antenna array is the first type of antenna array; if the antenna elements included in the antenna array are unevenly spaced, the antenna array is the second type of antenna array.
  • the antenna array is the first type of antenna array; relatively speaking, if the antenna elements included in an antenna array are not arranged according to certain rules, then the antenna array is the first type of antenna array.
  • the array is a second type of antenna array. Exemplarily, the interval between the antenna elements included in an antenna array is not uniform, but the antenna elements included in the antenna array are symmetrically distributed about a certain line, then the antenna array is the first type of antenna array; The interval between the antenna elements included in each antenna array is not uniform, and the distribution of the antenna elements is irregular, then the antenna array is the second type of antenna array. It should be understood that a hybrid antenna array may include irregularly distributed antenna elements.
  • the interval between two antenna units includes a horizontal interval and/or a vertical interval.
  • the horizontal interval may be the horizontal interval between two antenna elements in the same polarization direction in each pair of antenna units.
  • the horizontal interval may also be the horizontal equivalent distance of the radio frequency channel, that is, the horizontal equivalent interval between the two groups of antenna elements in the same polarization direction in the two antenna units.
  • the vertical interval may be the vertical interval between two antenna elements in the same polarization direction in the two antenna units.
  • the vertical interval may also be the vertical equivalent distance of the radio frequency channel, that is, the vertical equivalent interval between the two groups of antenna elements in the same polarization direction in the two antenna units.
  • the horizontal interval between the plurality of antenna elements in the antenna array may be the horizontal interval between two adjacent antenna elements.
  • the horizontal interval between the multiple antenna elements in the antenna array may also be the horizontal equivalent distance of the radio frequency channel, that is, the horizontal interval between adjacent two groups of antenna elements.
  • the vertical interval between multiple antenna elements in the antenna array may be the vertical interval between two adjacent antenna elements.
  • the vertical interval between the multiple antenna elements in the antenna array may also be the vertical equivalent distance of the radio frequency channel, that is, the vertical interval between the adjacent two groups of antenna elements.
  • an antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit. If the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different, the antenna array is a hybrid antenna array.
  • the first antenna unit is a two-port antenna unit
  • the second antenna unit is a four-port antenna unit.
  • the first antenna unit is a four-port antenna unit
  • the second antenna unit is an eight-port antenna unit.
  • the antenna elements in the hybrid antenna array include at least one first antenna element and at least one antenna element.
  • the second antenna element, then the hybrid antenna array can satisfy one or more of the following conditions:
  • the hybrid antenna array includes at least two antenna elements with different port numbers
  • the interval between two antenna elements in at least one row of antenna elements included in the hybrid antenna array is different or partially the same;
  • Condition 3 the interval between two antenna elements in at least one column of antenna elements included in the hybrid antenna array is different or partially the same;
  • the multiple antenna elements included in the hybrid antenna array are arranged irregularly.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a hybrid antenna array.
  • each antenna element is represented by a graph, such as "x" or " ⁇ ", and different graphs represent different antenna elements.
  • “ ⁇ ” indicates a two-port antenna element
  • “•” indicates a four-port antenna element.
  • the four-port antenna unit may include a quadrifilar helix antenna (QHA), a quadrifilar square antenna (QSA).
  • QHA includes 4 antenna elements, each antenna element is a helical antenna, and one antenna element corresponds to one antenna port.
  • the QSA includes 4 antenna elements, each antenna element is a square antenna, and one antenna element corresponds to one antenna port. It should be noted that " ⁇ ” and “ ⁇ ” do not limit the number of antenna elements and the number of ports included in each antenna unit.
  • the hybrid antenna array shown in FIG. 4 is an antenna array with 16 rows and 12 columns, and the hybrid antenna array includes two types of antenna arrays.
  • the hybrid antenna array may include cross polarization antenna (XPO) and QHA, or include XPO and QSA, and so on.
  • XPO cross polarization antenna
  • QHA quadrature antenna
  • QSA quadrature antenna
  • FIG. 4 only takes the hybrid antenna array including two types of antenna elements as an example, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit the types of antenna elements included in the hybrid antenna array.
  • a hybrid antenna array may include at least three types of antenna elements.
  • the antenna unit in the hybrid antenna array shown in FIG. 4 may be a vibrator driven by a radio frequency channel alone, or may be a sub-array driven by a radio frequency channel.
  • the corresponding relationship between the vibrator and the radio frequency channel reference may be made to the relevant description of the cross-polarized antenna unit above in conjunction with a) and b) of FIG. 3 .
  • the corresponding relationship between each vibrator in the antenna unit and the radio frequency channel can refer to a) in Figure 3.
  • the corresponding relationship between each vibrator in the antenna unit and the radio frequency channel can refer to b) in FIG. 3 .
  • FIG. 5 shows an example of a four-port antenna unit.
  • FIG. 5 specifically shows the correspondence between the dipoles and the radio frequency channels in the four-port antenna unit.
  • each element in the four-port antenna unit is driven by an independent RF channel, please refer to a) in Figure 5.
  • the four-port antenna unit may include four elements, each driven by an independent radio frequency channel. Each vibrator can provide one port. If multiple elements in the four-port antenna unit are driven by one radio frequency channel, the corresponding relationship between each element in the antenna unit and the radio frequency channel may refer to b) in FIG. 5 .
  • the four-port antenna unit may include four sub-arrays, each sub-array may include four dipoles, and each sub-array may be driven by one radio frequency channel. Each subarray can provide one port.
  • Each radio frequency channel may also correspond to two, three or other numbers of oscillators. This application does not limit this.
  • the CSI can be considered as information that is reported by a receiving end (such as a terminal) to a transmitting end (such as a network device) and is used to describe the channel attributes of the communication link.
  • CSI may include a precoding matrix indicator (PMI), a rank indicator (RI), a CSI-RS resource indicator (CRI), and a layer indicator (LI), among others. at least one.
  • PMI precoding matrix indicator
  • RI rank indicator
  • CRI CSI-RS resource indicator
  • LI layer indicator
  • the CSI may include one or more of the contents listed above, and may also include other information used to characterize the CSI in addition to the above listed, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station can use the uplink channel state information to obtain the downlink channel state information.
  • the uplink and downlink use different frequency bands, and the uplink and downlink channels (ie, the uplink channel and the downlink channel) do not have complete reciprocity, and the uplink channel cannot be used.
  • the state information is used to obtain the downlink channel state information, and the downlink precoding matrix cannot be obtained, that is, the precoding of the data transmitted by the terminal.
  • the base station may obtain the optimal downlink precoding matrix by means of the terminal feeding back the precoding matrix or PMI.
  • the base station first sends a signaling for the configuration of channel measurement to the terminal, informing the terminal to perform channel measurement, wherein the signaling indicates the time when the terminal is to perform channel measurement, and then the base station sends a pilot to the terminal (the concept of pilot includes a reference signal) It is used for channel measurement; the terminal measures according to the pilot frequency sent by the base station, and calculates to obtain the final CSI; the base station then sends data according to the CSI fed back by the terminal. For example, the base station determines the number of streams to transmit data to the terminal according to the RI included in the CSI fed back by the terminal; The PMI included in the CSI determines the precoding of data transmitted to the terminal.
  • the terminal can feed back the precoding matrix based on the codebook and the selected antenna port.
  • the codebook has significant performance advantages by linearly combining multiple orthogonal beams.
  • a codebook for conventional dual polarized antenna arrays is proposed.
  • the codebook types defined in NR Release15 include Type I codebook and Type II codebook.
  • the basis used by the Type I codebook and the Type II codebook comes from a discrete Fourier transform (discrete fourier transform, DFT) basis.
  • the Type I codebook can characterize the channel direction based on one DFT beam
  • the Type II codebook can characterize the channel direction based on weighted superposition of multiple DFT beams.
  • the horizontal spacing of the antenna elements included in the conventional dual-polarized antenna array is about 0.5 wavelength
  • the vertical spacing of the antenna elements is about 0.8 wavelength
  • the antenna elements are uniformly distributed in the vertical and horizontal directions.
  • An antenna port can be understood as a transmit antenna identified by the receiving device, or a transmit antenna that can be distinguished in space. It should be understood that the transmit antenna here can be a part of or all of the at least one antenna set by the transmitting device.
  • the weighted combination of multiple transmit antennas may be regarded as a virtual antenna (one radio frequency channel), and one antenna port may be pre-configured for each virtual antenna, that is, one radio frequency channel corresponds to one antenna port.
  • Each antenna port may correspond to one reference signal, for example, the reference signal is a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) or the reference signal is a sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS).
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • indicating the corresponding relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port may include the order of indicating the antenna port, which is equivalent to indicating the corresponding CSI-RS port, or indicating the order in which the antenna port performs CSI-RS port mapping, That is, it is equivalent to perform CSI-RS port mapping in the order of the indicated antenna ports.
  • the correspondence between the antenna ports of the base station and the CSI-RS ports is specified.
  • the corresponding relationship may also be referred to as the corresponding relationship between the antenna radio frequency channel of the base station and the CSI-RS port.
  • the antenna ports are numbered in the order of column first and then row repolarization.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the correspondence between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports of a conventional dual-polarized antenna array.
  • the antenna ports and CSI-RS ports are arranged in the first row (direction indicated by 1 in FIG. 7 ), the rear row (direction indicated by 2 in FIG. 7 ), and then polarized (direction indicated by 3 in FIG. 7 ). They are numbered sequentially, and are numbered according to the first polarization direction and then the second polarization direction. Numbering starts from 1, and the port order is shown in Figure 7, from number 1 to number 16.
  • the row and column here can be understood as a row or column that looks like a straight line and is formed by a plurality of antenna elements arranged in a straight line.
  • terms such as “left,” “right,” “upper,” “lower,” and the like are introduced to describe orientation for the sake of description.
  • the positional relationship can be defined by “left” and “right”
  • the positional relationship can be defined by “up” and “down”.
  • different rows or columns may be described by terms such as first column, second column, first row, and second row.
  • sequence number of the column can be determined in the direction from left to right, and the sequence number of the row can be determined in accordance with the sequence number from the top to the bottom.
  • first column may refer to the leftmost column and the first row may refer to the topmost row.
  • the port sequence can be specified for the antenna port numbers in the order of column first, then row and then re-polarization.
  • a Type I codebook or a Type II codebook for convenience of description, hereinafter collectively referred to as the first codebook. It should be understood that the design of the first codebook can guarantee system performance. Therefore, the terminal feeds back the precoding matrix to the base station according to the port sequence and the first codebook, which can ensure system performance.
  • the future antenna array may be a hybrid antenna array, such as the hybrid antenna array shown in Figure 4, or an antenna array composed of multiple antenna elements with non-uniform horizontal spacing or non-uniform vertical spacing, that is, the future antenna array is in the horizontal direction. Or more than one spacing in the vertical direction.
  • the first codebook may not be suitable for the hybrid antenna array, that is, there is no codebook matching the hybrid antenna array, which requires redesigning the codebook matching the hybrid antenna array.
  • the codebooks corresponding to different hybrid antenna arrays may also be different. If the terminal randomly selects the codebook to feed back CSI to the base station, better system performance may not be guaranteed.
  • the antenna ports are numbered in the order of column first, then row and then repolarization, and there may be multiple port orders.
  • the system performance corresponding to different port sequences is also different. If the terminal arbitrarily selects one of the port sequences from multiple port sequences, the system performance corresponding to the selected port sequence may be poor. That is, the system performance of the terminal reporting CSI according to the selected port sequence is poor.
  • FIG. 8 there are 4 possible port orders for an antenna array including a two-port antenna element and a four-port antenna element.
  • the dotted line in FIG. 8 shows a four-port antenna unit, and the four port sequences are port sequence 1, port sequence 2, port sequence 3, and port sequence 4, respectively.
  • a row is taken as an example, and the antenna ports are numbered in the order of column first, then row and then repolarization.
  • port order 1 or port order 2 can be obtained. Since the four-port antenna is regarded as a line, the numbering in the second polarization direction can be numbered from 9 in port sequence 1, or can be numbered from 9 in port sequence 2.
  • the port order 3 or the port order 4 can be obtained.
  • the numbering in the second polarization direction can be numbered from 9 in port sequence 3, or can be numbered from 9 in port sequence 4.
  • the four-port antenna is regarded as a column, so the number 2 starts from the two-port antenna adjacent to the four-port antenna. It should be understood that FIG. 8 only illustrates the possible port sequences in 4, and there are actually more than these 4 port sequences.
  • port sequence 3 has better system performance than the other three port sequences.
  • the port sequence 2 may be selected, that is, the terminal reports the CSI according to the port sequence 2 and the first codebook. In this case, the system performance is not optimal.
  • the present application proposes a CSI feedback method, which can be applied to a communication system including a hybrid antenna array.
  • the network-side device may indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports corresponding to each hybrid antenna array and the CSI-RS ports, that is, specify the order of the antenna ports. Since the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port indicated by the base station corresponds to the hybrid antenna array of the base station, it can be considered that the terminal sequentially feeds back CSI to the network side device based on the antenna port, which can ensure better system performance.
  • the network-side device can indicate the corresponding antenna port sequence for the terminal for various antenna arrays, and can be compatible with various types of antenna arrays, which is beneficial to the design of the codebook and has a wider application range.
  • the embodiments of the present application aim to provide an antenna port indication method to be compatible with codebooks of various types of antenna arrays.
  • the first codebook is matched with a conventional dual-polarized antenna array, and if other types of antenna arrays are equivalent to conventional dual-polarized antenna arrays, the first codebook can continue to be used. In this way, there is no need to redesign the first codebook, which is favorable for compatibility with the existing codebook. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, each type of antenna element can be equivalent to a different number of conventional dual-polarized antenna arrays, so that the first codebook is matched with various types of antenna arrays.
  • the base station can indicate the corresponding relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port to the terminal according to the type of the antenna unit, and the terminal feeds back CSI to the base station according to the corresponding relationship and the first codebook, which can ensure a better system. performance.
  • used for indicating may include direct indicating and indirect indicating.
  • the indication information may directly indicate I or indirectly indicate I, but it does not mean that the indication information must carry I.
  • the information indicated by the indication information is called the information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the information to be indicated. Indicating the index of information, etc.
  • the information to be indicated may also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance.
  • the indication of specific information can also be implemented by means of a pre-agreed (for example, a protocol stipulated) arrangement order of various information, so as to reduce the indication overhead to a certain extent.
  • a pre-agreed for example, a protocol stipulated
  • the common part of each piece of information can also be identified and indicated uniformly, so as to reduce the indication overhead caused by indicating the same information separately.
  • the specific indication manner may also be various existing indication manners, such as, but not limited to, the above indication manner and various combinations thereof.
  • the required indication mode can be selected according to specific needs.
  • the selected indication mode is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. In this way, the indication mode involved in the embodiment of the present application should be understood as covering the ability to make the indication to be indicated. Various methods for the party to learn the information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated may be sent together as a whole, or may be divided into multiple sub-information and sent separately, and the transmission periods and/or transmission timings of these sub-information may be the same or different.
  • the specific sending method is not limited in this application.
  • the sending period and/or sending timing of these sub-information may be predefined, for example, predefined according to a protocol, or configured by the transmitting end device by sending configuration information to the receiving end device.
  • the configuration information may include, for example, but not limited to, radio resource control signaling, such as RRC signaling, MAC layer signaling, such as MAC-CE signaling, and physical layer signaling, such as downlink control information (DCI) one or a combination of at least two.
  • radio resource control signaling such as RRC signaling
  • MAC layer signaling such as MAC-CE signaling
  • DCI downlink control information
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the principle that QHA/QSA is equivalent to XPO in the same polarization direction. It should be understood that the polarization directions of two antenna elements in the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit QHA/QSA are the same, and the polarization directions of the other two antenna elements are the same. As shown in FIG. 9 , among the four antenna elements, the two diagonal antenna elements (the two antenna elements located in the rectangular frame in FIG. 9 ) have the same polarization directions. It should be understood that the two antenna elements in the same polarization direction have a phase difference.
  • the phase difference between two antenna elements of the same polarization in the QHA/QSA antenna unit can be approximated as the phase difference between the two traditional XPO units due to the element spacing d_eff. That is, the two antenna elements of the same polarization in the QHA/QSA antenna unit can be equivalent to the two antenna elements of the same polarization of the traditional two XPO antenna units.
  • the equivalent physical distance between the two antenna elements of the same polarization in the two XPO antenna units is d_eff, that is, the physical distance between the two XPO antenna units is d_eff.
  • amplitude patterns of the two antenna elements of the same polarization in the equivalent two XPO antenna units are the same, and the phase difference is the phase difference caused by the steering vector corresponding to d_eff.
  • a QHA/QSA unit can be equivalent to two dual-polarized antenna units with a physical distance of d_eff.
  • an antenna array includes a four-port antenna unit
  • the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit can be equivalent to a two-port antenna unit.
  • the oscillators come from different polarization directions.
  • the four-port antenna unit includes a first antenna element, a second antenna element, a third antenna element, and a fourth antenna element, wherein the first antenna element and the third antenna element are located in a first polarization direction, and the second antenna element The element and the fourth antenna element are located in the second polarization direction.
  • the first antenna element and the second antenna element may be equivalent to one two-port antenna unit, and correspondingly, the third antenna element and the fourth antenna element may be equivalent to another two-port antenna unit.
  • two antenna elements of a four-port antenna element in one polarization direction are equivalent to two antenna elements of two two-port antenna elements in this polarization direction, and one two-port antenna element corresponds to one of the antennas vibrator.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array equivalent to a conventional dual-polarized antenna.
  • FIG. 10 takes a hybrid antenna array including one row and 3 columns of QSA, 4 columns of XPO and 3 columns of QSA as an example. It should be understood that the 3 QHAs and the 3 QSAs in the hybrid antenna array are equivalent to 12 XPOs in total, so the hybrid antenna array can be equivalent to a row of 16 columns of XPOs on the horizontal to a certain extent. It should be noted that FIG. 10 takes the horizontal interval between adjacent QSAs as d1, the horizontal interval between QSAs and adjacent XPOs as d2, and the horizontal interval between two adjacent XPOs as d3 as an example. In FIG.
  • the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit (the antenna element indicated by the dashed box in FIG. 10 ) are in the same pole (two of the antenna elements are indicated by thick lines, and the other two antenna elements are indicated by thin lines)
  • the phase difference of the two antenna elements in the direction of azimuth can be approximated as the phase difference of the traditional two XPOs due to the element spacing d_eff.
  • the two antenna elements indicated by the thin line are located in the same polarization direction
  • the two antenna elements indicated by the thick line are located in the other polarization direction
  • one antenna element indicated by the thick line and one antenna indicated by the thin line are located in the same polarization direction.
  • the antenna element is equivalent to the XPO antenna element indicated by the thick or thin line.
  • the physical spacing of the virtual equivalent 2 XPO antenna elements within the QHA/QSA is d_eff. It should be understood that in Fig. 10, the antenna array is distributed symmetrically on the left and right sides, and the right half of Fig. 10 can refer to the left half of Fig. 10.
  • FIG. 10 only illustrates one of the equivalent methods.
  • the method in which the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to the second-port antenna unit may include the following multiple equivalent methods.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of four equivalent methods in which a four-port antenna unit is equivalent to a two-port antenna unit.
  • Figure 11 illustrates four equivalent methods, wherein the two antenna elements indicated by the thick lines in the four-port antenna in Figure 11 are two antenna elements in the same polarization direction, which are equivalent to two two-port antenna elements in different polarities.
  • Two antenna elements in the direction of polarization (indicated by thick lines).
  • the two antenna elements indicated by the thin lines in the four-port antenna in Fig. 11 are also two antenna elements in the same polarization direction, which are equivalent to two two-port antenna elements in another different polarization direction.
  • Antenna element illustrated by thin line).
  • the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed.
  • a two-port antenna equivalent to a four-port antenna unit in one polarization direction and a two-port antenna equivalent to a four-port antenna unit in another polarization direction are distributed in rows.
  • the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antennas placed horizontally.
  • FIG. 11 shows that two two-port antennas are placed in the upper row.
  • the two two-port antennas may also be placed on the following line.
  • the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed.
  • a two-port antenna equivalent to a four-port antenna unit in one polarization direction and a two-port antenna equivalent to a four-port antenna unit in another polarization direction are distributed along the diagonal.
  • the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antennas placed diagonally.
  • the two two-port antennas are placed at the upper left position and the lower right position, respectively.
  • FIG. 11 shows a diagonal placement of the two two-port antennas.
  • the two two-port antennas may also be placed in another diagonal direction, that is, two two-port antennas
  • the port antennas are placed in the upper right position and the lower left position (shown in Figure 11), respectively.
  • Equivalent method three after the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antenna units, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed. For example, a two-port antenna equivalent to a four-port antenna unit in one polarization direction and a two-port antenna equivalent to a four-port antenna unit in another polarization direction are distributed in columns. In other words, the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antennas placed vertically. It should be noted that this embodiment of the present application does not limit the placement positions of the two-port antennas, that is, FIG. 11 shows that the two two-port antennas are placed in the left column. In some embodiments, the two two-port antennas may also be placed in the right column.
  • the equivalent method may be indicated to the terminal device by the network device, or may be predefined by the protocol, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array equivalent to a dual-polarized antenna array.
  • the hybrid antenna array includes a row of 6-column antenna elements, wherein the 6-column antenna elements sequentially include 1 column of four-port antenna elements, 4 columns of XPO antenna elements and 1 column of four-port antenna elements from left to right.
  • FIG. 12 shows the XPO antenna after using the four equivalent methods shown in FIG. 11 to be equivalent to the hybrid antenna array.
  • FIGS. 10-12 only take an example that a four-port antenna unit is equivalent to a two-port antenna unit.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of ports that need to be equivalent to a two-port antenna unit.
  • an eight-port antenna unit can also be equivalent to a two-port antenna unit.
  • an eight-port antenna unit can be equivalent to two four-port antenna units, and then each four-port antenna is equivalent to two two-port antenna units. . Therefore, following the method that the four-port antenna elements are equivalent to two-port antenna elements, the antenna elements with any number of ports can be equivalent to the traditional dual-polarized antenna arrays with different numbers.
  • the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to an XPO antenna unit, and the horizontal intervals between the equivalent XPO antenna units may be the same or different. Similarly, the vertical intervals between the equivalent XPO antenna units may be the same or different.
  • the first codebook is matched with antenna elements with uniform horizontal and vertical spacing, and may not be suitable for antenna elements distributed with non-uniform spacing. Therefore, in some embodiments, the codebook may be redesigned for the equivalent XPO antenna elements.
  • the codebook redesigned for the equivalent XPO antenna unit is referred to as the second codebook hereinafter. It should be understood that the second codebook is matched with a hybrid antenna array equivalent to an XPO antenna unit.
  • the base station may also indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port for the terminal.
  • the terminal may send the CSI to the base station according to the indication and the second codebook. Since the antenna port is selected based on the second codebook, the terminal sends CSI to the base station according to the indication of the antenna port and the second codebook, which can ensure system performance.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for feeding back channel state information.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of the method.
  • the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 as an example. Additionally, the method may be performed by two communication devices, eg, a first communication device and a second communication device.
  • the first communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the network device to realize the method, or the first communication device may be a terminal or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the terminal to realize the method, of course
  • Other communication devices are also possible, such as a chip or a system of chips.
  • the second communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the network device to implement the method, or the second communication device may be a terminal or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal to implement the method.
  • the functional communication device may also be other communication devices, such as a chip or a chip system. There is no restriction on the implementation of the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the first communication device may be a network device
  • the second communication device may be a terminal
  • both the first communication device and the second communication device may be terminals.
  • the first communication device is a network device
  • the second communication device is a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the terminal to implement the method, and so on.
  • the method is performed by a network device and a terminal as an example, that is, the first communication device is a terminal, the second communication device is a network device, and the network device is a base station as an example.
  • the terminal in the following may be any one of the six terminals in FIG. 1
  • the network device in the following may be the network device in FIG. 1 .
  • the embodiments of the present application only take execution through network devices and terminals as an example, and are not limited to this scenario.
  • the base station sends first indication information to the terminal, and the terminal receives the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port.
  • the terminal sends CSI to the base station according to the first indication information, and the base station receives the CSI.
  • the base station sends data to the terminal according to the CSI fed back by the terminal.
  • the embodiments of the present application are applicable to a communication system including the aforementioned hybrid antenna array.
  • the antenna array of the base station is a hybrid antenna array
  • the order of column first, then row and then re-polarization is used as the antenna number
  • the corresponding relationship between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports may also be different.
  • the base station needs the terminal to feed back CSI, it needs to inform the terminal of the corresponding relationship between the antenna port to be used and the CSI-RS port, so that the order of compatibility with the first column and then the row and then the repolarization is the antenna number. .
  • the correspondence between the antenna port indicated by the base station and the CSI-RS port corresponds to the antenna array used by the base station, so better system performance can be guaranteed.
  • the method can be applied to communication systems of various antenna arrays, that is, compatible with various types of antenna arrays, and has a wider application range.
  • each hybrid antenna array can be equivalent to a dual-polarized antenna array in this embodiment of the present application, which is compatible with various types of antenna arrays.
  • the embodiments of the present application may further construct a mapping relationship between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array equivalent to a virtual dual-polarized antenna array.
  • the matrix with the dimension M*N shown in FIG. 14 can be considered as an equivalent virtual dual-polarized antenna array, that is, the virtual dual-polarized antenna array is a matrix with M rows and N columns (hereinafter referred to as the first matrix).
  • Each element included in the first matrix (as shown in the intersection of any row and any column in FIG. 14 ) may correspond to one antenna element or antenna element.
  • whether the element has a corresponding antenna unit or antenna element can be characterized by the value of the element.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array equivalent to a virtual dual-polarized antenna array.
  • the matrix with the dimension M*N shown in FIG. 14 can be considered as an equivalent virtual dual-polarized antenna array, that is, the virtual dual-polarized antenna array is a matrix with M rows and N columns (hereinafter referred to as the first matrix).
  • Each element included in the first matrix (as
  • the element has a corresponding antenna unit or antenna element (“X” in FIG. 14 ); on the contrary, the value of this element is 1, then the element has no corresponding antenna element or antenna element. In other words, if the value of an element is 0, then the corresponding antenna element or antenna element (“X” in Figure 14) is selected. On the contrary, if the value of this element is 1, then the The antenna element or antenna element corresponding to the element is not selected. This is just an example. If the value of an element is 1, then the antenna element or antenna element corresponding to this element is selected. On the contrary, if the value of this element is 0, then the antenna element or antenna element corresponding to this element is selected. The antenna element is not selected.
  • the port (antenna port) of that antenna element is used to transmit the signal.
  • the port of the antenna element is used to send signals.
  • the first matrix shown in FIG. 14 can also be considered as a virtual antenna port, which can be used to indicate the mapping relationship between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports. It can be understood that considering that there are different types of antenna elements or antenna elements in the hybrid antenna array, the spacing between the antenna elements or antenna elements may also be uneven, so for various hybrid antenna arrays, it can be equivalent to a virtual dual polarization.
  • the antenna array (which is the first matrix, the rows and columns are evenly distributed), and by indicating whether there are corresponding antenna elements or antenna elements on the elements in the first matrix, so as to realize the indication of the order of the antenna ports or antenna elements of the hybrid antenna array, and also It is to indicate the order in which the antenna ports of the hybrid antenna array perform CSI-RS port mapping, which is equivalent to indicating the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports.
  • the embodiment of the present application can indicate the corresponding relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port for the terminal according to the mapping relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port similar to that shown in FIG. 14 , which can be applied to indicate the antenna port in various hybrid antenna arrays.
  • the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to a two-port antenna array, and then the two-port antenna array is mapped to the first matrix, so that there is a first matrix that is compatible with these various hybrid antenna arrays.
  • the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to a two-port antenna array, for a two-port antenna array, as shown in Figure 7, the antenna ports and CSI- The corresponding relationship of the RS ports, that is, the fixed order of the antenna ports. Therefore, the equivalent two-port antenna array is mapped to the first matrix.
  • the order of the antenna ports in various hybrid antenna arrays can be indicated, that is, the hybrid antenna array is indicated. Correspondence between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array equivalent to a virtual dual-polarized antenna array.
  • the hybrid antenna array includes 2 rows and 3 columns of antenna units, wherein the 3 columns of antenna units include 1 column of four-port antenna units and 2 columns of XPO antenna units in sequence from left to right.
  • 15 shows a first antenna array obtained by using the equivalent method shown in FIG. 11 , an equivalent hybrid antenna array, that is, including 2 rows and 4 columns of XPO antennas.
  • Fig. 15 takes the same interval between any two columns in an XPO antenna array of 2 rows and 4 columns as an example.
  • the four-port antenna in the 1st row, 1st column and 1st column in the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to the XPO antennas in the 1st row, 1st column and 1st row, 2nd column in the first antenna array.
  • the hybrid antenna array The four-port antenna in the 2nd row and 1st column is equivalent to the XPO antennas in the 2nd row, 1st column and 2nd row, 2nd column in the first antenna array.
  • the first antenna array is mapped to the first matrix 1, that is, a matrix of 2 rows and 4 columns. Wherein, the intersection of any row and any column in the first matrix 1 represents an antenna unit or antenna element.
  • the antenna elements located in the first row and the first column and the first row and the second column in the first matrix 1 correspond to the four-port antennas in the first row in the hybrid antenna array. If the base station indicates that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports correspond to the antenna elements located in the 1st row, 1st column and the 1st row, 2nd column in the first matrix 1, it can be determined that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports are hybrid Antenna port for the four-port antenna in row 1 of the antenna array.
  • FIG. 15 also illustrates a second antenna array obtained by using the three-equivalent hybrid antenna array of the equivalent method illustrated in FIG. 11 , that is, including 4 rows and 2 columns of XPO antennas.
  • Fig. 15 takes the same interval between any two rows in an XPO antenna array of 2 rows and 4 columns as an example. It can be seen from Figure 15 that the four-port antenna in the 1st row, 1st column and 1st column in the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to the XPO antennas in the 1st row, 1st column and 2nd row, 1st column in the first antenna array.
  • the hybrid antenna array The four-port antenna in the 2nd row and 1st column is equivalent to the XPO antennas in the 3rd row, 1st column and 4th row, 1st column in the second antenna array.
  • the two-port antenna in the first row and the second column in the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to the two-port antenna in the first row and the second column in the second antenna array, the two-port antenna in the second row and the second column in the hybrid antenna array, etc.
  • the effect is the two-port antenna in row 3 and column 2 in the second antenna array; the two-port antenna in row 1 and column 3 in the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to the two-port antenna in row 2 and column 2 in the second antenna array.
  • the two-port antenna in the second row and the third column in the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to the two-port antenna in the fourth row and the second column in the second antenna array.
  • the second antenna array is mapped to the first matrix 2, and the intersection of any row and any column in the first matrix 2 indicates an antenna element or antenna element. It should be understood that the antenna elements located in the first row and the first column in the first matrix 2 correspond to the four-port antennas in the first row in the hybrid antenna array. If the base station indicates that the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port corresponds to the antenna element located in the first row and the first column in the first matrix 2, then it can be determined that the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port is the one in the first row in the hybrid antenna array. Antenna port for a four-port antenna.
  • the hybrid antenna array shown in FIG. 15 can also be mapped to the first matrix of other dimensions.
  • the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to an XPO antenna array with 2 rows and 8 columns. The spacing between the two columns is the same. It should be understood that the interval between any two columns in the XPO antenna array with 2 rows and 8 columns is different from the interval between any two columns in the XPO antenna array with 2 rows and 4 columns.
  • the first antenna array to the first matrix 3, that is, an XOP antenna array of 2 rows and 8 columns, it should be understood that only 4 of the 8 columns of XPO antennas correspond to the actual antenna elements in the hybrid antenna array, for example, from left to right
  • the antenna elements shown in the first and third columns correspond to the four-port antennas in the hybrid antenna array
  • the antenna elements shown in the fifth column correspond to the two-port antennas in the second column of the hybrid antenna array respectively.
  • the antenna elements shown in the seventh column correspond to the two-port antennas in the third column in the hybrid antenna array respectively.
  • the selected antenna elements ie, the 1st, 3rd, 5th and 7th column antenna elements
  • the actual antenna elements ie, 2 rows and 8 columns XPO antenna array
  • the embodiments of the present application can be applied to each A hybrid antenna array.
  • the base station may notify the terminal of the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port through the first indication information.
  • the first indication information may be carried in one or more fields of the existing signaling, which facilitates compatibility with the existing signaling.
  • the first indication information is carried in radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, media access control element (media access control control element, MAC CE) signaling, downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) signaling, etc. .
  • the above-mentioned one or more fields may be fields defined in RRC signaling, fields defined in MAC CE signaling, or fields defined in DCI signaling, or may be newly defined RRC fields, MAC CE fields, or DCI fields.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
  • the first indication information may also be carried in newly defined signaling.
  • the first indication information includes first information and second information, where the first information may be used to indicate an antenna port corresponding to a CSI-RS port in the first matrix, and the second information is used to indicate the first matrix. Since the first matrix corresponds to the hybrid antenna array, it can also be considered that the first indication information can be used to indirectly indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the hybrid antenna array.
  • the first indication information is carried in RRC signaling
  • the first information may be carried in a first field in the RRC signaling
  • the first field occupies K bits, that is, the first information may be a sequence of K bits.
  • the value of K is related to the dimension of the first matrix.
  • the dimension of the first matrix is M rows*N columns, then K may be equal to M*N.
  • Each element can be mapped to the first matrix according to the rule of row first, then column (or row first, then row), so as to determine whether there is an antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port according to the value of the corresponding element.
  • the base station may also indicate the second information, that is, the dimension of the first matrix is indicated by the second information.
  • the second information may be carried in one field, or may be carried in multiple fields.
  • the second information is carried in multiple fields, for example, the second information may be carried in the second field and the third field, and both the second field and the third field may occupy multiple bits.
  • the second field is used to indicate the horizontal dimension (row) of the first matrix
  • the third field is used to indicate the vertical dimension (column) of the first matrix; or, the second field is used to indicate the vertical dimension (column) of the first matrix ), the third field is used to indicate the horizontal dimension (row) of the first matrix.
  • This way can also be understood as a direct indication way of the dimension of the first matrix.
  • the first information is "00110011"
  • the second field and the third field both occupy 4 bits
  • the second field is used to indicate the horizontal dimension of the first matrix
  • the third field is used for Taking the indication of the vertical dimension of the first matrix as an example, an implementation manner of the first indication information is introduced.
  • the value carried by the first field is "00110011"
  • the value carried by the second field is "0010”
  • the terminal receives the first indication information and maps it to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and then column, and the following first matrix W1 can be obtained:
  • the terminal can determine that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports are in the hybrid antenna array corresponding to the antenna elements or antenna elements indicated by the positions in the 1st row, 1st column and 2nd row, 1st column in the first matrix. the antenna port.
  • the hybrid antenna array shown in FIG. 15 the first antenna array is equivalent to the first antenna array through an equivalent method.
  • the antenna element located in the first row and the first column corresponds to the four-port antenna in the first row and the first column in the hybrid antenna array, so it can be determined that the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port includes the first row in the hybrid antenna array.
  • the antenna element located in the second row, the first column in the first matrix 1 corresponds to the four-port antenna in the second row and the first column in the hybrid antenna array, so it can be determined that the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port also includes the hybrid antenna.
  • the value carried in the first field is "010101010101"
  • the value carried in the second field is "0010”
  • the value carried in the third field is "1000"
  • the terminal receives the first indication information and maps it to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and then column, and the following first matrix W1 can be obtained:
  • the terminal can determine that the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port is the antenna in the hybrid antenna array corresponding to the antenna unit or the antenna element indicated by the positions located in the first matrix, the 1st, 3rd, 5th, and 7th columns in the first matrix port.
  • the hybrid antenna array shown in FIG. 15 as an example, the first antenna array is equivalent to the first antenna array through an equivalent method.
  • the antenna elements located in the 1st row, 1st row, 3rd row, 5th row, and 7th row in the first matrix 3 correspond to the antenna elements in the 1st row, 1st row, 1st row, 2nd row and 3rd row in the hybrid antenna array, so the corresponding CSI-RS ports can be determined.
  • the antenna ports include the antenna ports of the four-port antenna in the first row and the first column and the antenna ports of the two-port antenna in the second and third columns in the hybrid antenna array.
  • the antenna elements located in the 1st, 3rd, 5th, and 7th columns of the 2nd row in the first matrix 3 correspond to the antennas of the 2nd row, 1st, 2nd, and 3rd columns of the hybrid antenna array, so the CSI-RS port can be determined.
  • the corresponding antenna ports also include the antenna ports in the second row, the first, the second, and the third column in the hybrid antenna array.
  • the embodiments of the present application take the hybrid antenna array shown in FIG. 15 as equivalent to two first matrices with different dimensions as an example. If there are multiple hybrid antenna arrays, in this embodiment of the present application, the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to a two-port antenna array, and then the two-port antenna array is mapped to the first matrix. matrix.
  • the first indication information indicates the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports in the first matrix, which can indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports in various hybrid antenna arrays, that is, indicate the antenna ports in the hybrid antenna array. port order.
  • the terminal receives the first indication information and maps it to the first matrix according to the rule of first column and then row, to obtain the following first matrix W1:
  • the terminal may determine, according to W1, that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports are the antenna ports corresponding to the antenna elements or antenna elements located in the first column and the third column in the first matrix.
  • the value carried by the first field is "00110011"
  • the value carried by the second field is "0100”
  • the terminal receives the first indication information, maps it to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and then column, and obtains the following first matrix:
  • the terminal may determine, according to W1, that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports are the antenna ports corresponding to the antenna elements or antenna elements located in the first row and the third row in the first matrix.
  • the terminal receives the first indication information and maps it to the first matrix according to the rule of columns first, then rows, to obtain the following first matrix:
  • the terminal may determine, according to W1, that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports are the antenna ports corresponding to the antenna elements or antenna elements located in the first row and the second row in the first matrix.
  • mapping rule for mapping the antenna ports to the first matrix such as row-first-column-first-row or column-first-row may be predefined, or agreed by the base station and the terminal, or informed by the base station to the terminal.
  • the embodiment is not limited.
  • the second information may be carried in one field, such as a fourth field, and the fourth field may occupy multiple bits.
  • the value of the fourth field is used to indicate the dimension of the first matrix. Different values of the fourth field represent first matrices of different dimensions. For example, the fourth field occupies 4 bits, the value of the fourth field is "0000", which represents the first matrix of 2*4; the value of the fourth field is "0001", which represents the first matrix of 4*2; The value of the four fields is "0010", which means the first matrix of 3*3, and so on.
  • This way can also be understood as an indirect indication way of the dimension of the first matrix. In this way, the number of bits occupied by the second information is less, and resource overhead can be saved as much as possible.
  • the value of the fourth field is 0000, which represents the first matrix of 2*4; the value of the fourth field is 0001, which represents the first matrix of 4*2 as an example.
  • Mapping to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and then column, the following first matrix W1 can be obtained:
  • the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix. Since the first matrix corresponds to the hybrid antenna array, it can also be considered that the first indication information can be used to indirectly indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the hybrid antenna array.
  • the same bit sequence may correspond to first matrices of different dimensions, in some embodiments, the dimension of the first matrix corresponding to the bit sequence may be specified. In this way, the base station does not need to indicate the first matrix for the terminal, and the terminal can also determine the first matrix, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the value carried in the first field is "00110011". Since M is less than or equal to N, the terminal receives the first indication information and can determine that the dimension of the first matrix is 2*4, not 4*2. According to the first information, the terminal maps the antenna ports to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and last column, and the following matrix W1 can be obtained:
  • the terminal may determine that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports are the antenna ports corresponding to the antenna elements or antenna elements located in the first row, the first and second columns, and the second row, and second columns in the first matrix.
  • the third implementation is different from the first and second implementations above in that, after the hybrid antenna array is equivalent in the embodiment of the present application, an equivalent antenna array is obtained, and the antennas in the equivalent antenna array can be indicated by indicating
  • the corresponding relationship between the port and the CSI-RS port is realized to indicate the corresponding relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port in the hybrid antenna array. That is to say, it is not necessary to map the equivalent antenna array to the first matrix, and the corresponding relationship between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports in the hybrid antenna array also does not need to be indicated by the first matrix.
  • the first indication information may include first information, and the first information may be used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports of the equivalent antenna array and the CSI-RS ports, that is, it can indicate the antennas in the hybrid antenna array Correspondence between ports and CSI-RS ports. It can also be said that the first information is used to indicate the order of the antenna ports.
  • the third implementation is a relatively direct indication, that is, the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports in the hybrid antenna array.
  • the first information may be carried in a field of the RRC signaling, for example, the first field, where the first field occupies multiple bits.
  • the first information may indicate the order of the 32 antenna ports in the order of row first, column first, or row first. If the number of CSI-RS ports corresponding to the antenna ports is also 32, the first information may indicate 32 values, each value corresponds to an antenna port, the first 16 values correspond to the order of the antenna ports in the first polarization direction, and the last 16 values The values correspond to the order of the antenna ports in the second polarization direction.
  • one value may occupy 4 bits
  • the first field carrying bit sequence can be [3, 5, 12, 16, 13, 7, 9, 8, 0, 1, 4, 2, 11, 14, 6, 10, 18, 20, 16, 17, 21 , 23, 31, 28, 27, 26, 24, 22, 29, 19, 25, 30], of which, [3, 5, 12, 16, 13, 7, 9, 8, 0, 1, 4, 2 , 11, 14, 6, 10] correspond to the order of the antenna ports in the first polarization direction, [18, 20, 16, 17, 21, 23, 31, 28, 27, 26, 24, 22, 29, 19, 25, 30] correspond to the order of the antenna ports in the second polarization direction.
  • the antenna ports are numbered in the order of first row and then column repolarization, and the antenna port sequence shown in Figure 16 can be obtained. It should be noted that, if the order of the antenna ports in the first polarization direction is the same as the order of the antenna ports in the second polarization direction.
  • the first information may indicate 8 values, and each value corresponds to a group of antenna ports.
  • the first four values correspond to the order of the antenna ports in the first polarization direction, and the last four values correspond to the order of the antenna ports in the second polarization direction.
  • the bit sequence carried in the first field may be [2, 5, 3, 0, 1, 4, 6, 7], where [2, 5, 3, 0] corresponds to the order of the antenna ports in the first polarization direction, [ 1, 4, 6, 7] correspond to the order of the antenna ports in the second polarization direction. It should be understood that which antenna ports correspond to the CSI-RS ports as a group of antenna ports can be determined by the terminal through the beam sent by the base station to the terminal. Therefore, the terminal can determine the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports in the hybrid antenna array through the first indication information.
  • the antenna elements included in the hybrid antenna array may be unevenly spaced horizontally and/or vertically spaced.
  • the terminal receives the first indication information, if the antenna ports are mapped to the first matrix according to the uniform horizontal and vertical intervals between the antenna units, various mapping results may appear. In this way, the antenna ports and CSI-RS determined by the terminal are The port correspondence may be wrong.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array equivalent to a virtual dual-polarized antenna array (first matrix).
  • FIG. 17 takes as an example that the antenna elements included in the hybrid antenna array are not uniformly spaced in the horizontal direction. It should be understood that the dimension of the first matrix is 2 rows*4 columns. As shown in Figure 17, the numbering of rows and columns starts from 0, the interval between the antenna elements in the first column and the antenna elements in the second column is d1, and the distance between the antenna elements in the second column and the antenna elements in the third column is d1. The interval between them is d2, the interval between the antenna elements in the third column and the antenna elements in the fourth column is d3, and d1 is not equal to d2 and d3, and d2 is not equal to d3.
  • the terminal receives the first indication information and maps the antenna ports to the first matrix, and there may be various mapping situations.
  • the value carried in the first field is "11001100", assuming that d1 is 0.5 wavelengths ( ⁇ ), and d2 is 1 ⁇ .
  • the horizontal interval between two adjacent antenna units is 0.5 ⁇ .
  • the terminal receives the first indication information and maps the antenna ports to the first matrix, there may be various mapping results. For example, the terminal maps the antenna ports to the first matrix according to the first row and then the column, and the element "0" represents the selected antenna element.
  • the antenna ports When the antenna ports are distributed at equal intervals among the antenna elements and are mapped to the first matrix, that is, the interval between the antenna elements is 0.5 ⁇ , then the antenna ports that should be located in the 1st row and the 3rd column ( Figure 17, the dotted line antenna element "X ”) is mapped to the 1st row, and the middle position of the 2nd column and the 3rd column (Fig. 17 shows the dotted line between the 2nd column and the 3rd column).
  • the antenna port Since the position corresponding to the mapped antenna port is located between the second and third columns, and since the second and third columns are adjacent, it can be considered that the antenna port is located in the second column (in Figure 17, the solid line antenna element "X" ”), it can also be considered that the antenna port is located in the 3rd column (indicated by the dotted line antenna element “X” in FIG. 17 ). That is, the same antenna port may be mapped to different positions, which results in a non-unique correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port, which ultimately leads to poor system performance.
  • the first indication information may further include third information, where the third information is used to indicate the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and to indicate the antenna The interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the array in the vertical direction.
  • the third information is used to indicate the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and to indicate the antenna The interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the array in the vertical direction.
  • the third information may directly indicate the distance between two adjacent rows in the first matrix and the distance between two adjacent columns in the first matrix. It should be understood that the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent columns of antenna elements in the first matrix is an integer multiple of the distance between two adjacent columns in the first matrix, and the distance between any adjacent two rows of antenna elements in the first matrix is an integer multiple. The spacing in the vertical direction is an integer multiple of the distance between two adjacent rows in the first matrix. Since each element included in the first information can be mapped to the first matrix according to the rule of row before column (or column first, row first), the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port is determined according to the value of the corresponding element.
  • the horizontal distance and the vertical distance of two adjacent antenna elements in the antenna array can be determined.
  • the third information can indirectly indicate the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array in the horizontal direction, and the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array in the vertical direction .
  • the distance between two adjacent rows in the first matrix may be referred to as a vertical unit distance
  • the distance between two adjacent columns in the first matrix may be referred to as a horizontal unit distance.
  • the same antenna array can be equivalent to a first matrix of different dimensions.
  • an antenna array of 2*4 dimensions can be equivalent to a first matrix of 2*4 dimensions, or it may be equivalent to a first matrix of 4*8 dimensions.
  • a matrix If the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array in the horizontal direction and the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements in the vertical direction are directly indicated, the larger the dimension of the first matrix, the greater the signaling overhead. bigger.
  • the third information indicates the horizontal unit distance and the vertical unit distance of the first matrix, so as to indirectly indicate the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent antenna units included in the antenna array, and the interval between any adjacent two antenna units in the horizontal direction. The spacing of the antenna elements in the vertical direction. Since the third information only needs to indicate the horizontal unit distance and the vertical unit distance, and does not need to directly indicate the horizontal interval and vertical interval between any two antenna elements in the antenna array, signaling overhead can be saved.
  • the third information may be carried in a field of the RRC signaling, such as the fifth field.
  • the fifth field may occupy L bits, so the third information may be an L-bit sequence.
  • L is an integer greater than or equal to 1. It should be understood that the value of the fifth field may be used to indicate the horizontal unit distance and/or the vertical unit distance.
  • the minimum quantization distance of the horizontal unit distance and the minimum quantization distance of the vertical unit distance may be defined in advance.
  • the minimum quantization distance of the horizontal unit distance is hereinafter referred to as the horizontal minimum quantization distance
  • the minimum quantization distance of the vertical unit distance is referred to as the vertical minimum quantization distance.
  • the horizontal minimum quantization distance or the vertical minimum quantization distance may also be defined in advance, for example, 0.1 ⁇ , 0.0.1 ⁇ , and the like. It should be understood that the horizontal unit distance is an integer multiple of the horizontal minimum quantization distance, and the vertical unit distance is an integer multiple of the vertical minimum quantization distance, and the specific multiple can be indicated by the third information.
  • the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance are both 0.1 ⁇ . If the value of the L bit sequences is 2, then the distance between two adjacent columns in the first matrix can be determined, that is, the horizontal unit distance is twice the horizontal minimum quantization distance, that is, 2*0.1 ⁇ . Similarly, the distance between two adjacent rows in the first matrix, that is, the vertical unit distance, is twice the vertical minimum quantization distance, that is, 2*0.1 ⁇ .
  • the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array in the horizontal direction and the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array in the vertical direction can be indirectly indicated by the third information.
  • the terminal maps the antenna ports to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and last column, and the following matrix W1 can be obtained:
  • the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports are the antenna units located in the first and third columns in the first row and the first and second columns in the second row in the first matrix. Or the antenna port corresponding to the antenna element.
  • the terminal can determine that the horizontal distance between the antenna elements in the first column and the antenna elements in the third column in the antenna array is 2*(2*0.1 ⁇ ), where, 2*0.1 ⁇ is the distance between two adjacent columns in the first matrix.
  • the terminal may also determine that the distance between the antenna elements in the first column and the antenna elements in the second column in the antenna array is 1*(2*0.1 ⁇ ), and the distance between the antenna elements in the first row and the antenna elements in the second row in the first matrix is 1*(2*0.1 ⁇ ).
  • the vertical distance is 1*(2*0.1 ⁇ ).
  • the third indication can be carried in two fields, such as the sixth field and the seventh field, wherein the sixth field can be used to indicate the horizontal interval between any two adjacent columns in the first matrix, and the first The seven fields are used to indicate the interval in the vertical direction of any two adjacent rows in the first matrix.
  • the terminal maps the antenna ports to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and last column, and the following matrix W1 can be obtained:
  • the terminal can determine that the horizontal distance between the antenna elements in the first column and the antenna elements in the third column in the antenna array is 2*(2*0.2 ⁇ ), and the distance between the antenna ports in the first column and the antenna ports in the second column in the antenna array is 1*(2*0.2 ⁇ ), and the vertical distance between the antenna elements in the first row and the antenna elements in the second row in the antenna array is 1*(2*0.2 ⁇ ). The distance is 1*(3*0.1 ⁇ ).
  • the base station may not send the third information to the terminal, that is, the first indication information may not include the third information.
  • the terminal if the terminal does not receive the third information, it may be considered that the horizontal unit distance is the horizontal minimum quantization distance, and the vertical unit distance is the vertical minimum quantization distance.
  • the larger the dimension of the first matrix the larger the overhead of the third information.
  • multiple horizontal minimum quantization distances and multiple vertical minimum quantization distances may be predefined.
  • the horizontal minimum quantization distance that can be used by the third information is which one of a plurality of horizontal minimum quantization distances is, and the vertical minimum quantization distance to be used is which one of a plurality of vertical minimum quantization distances.
  • the horizontal minimum quantization distance can be defined in advance including 0.01 ⁇ , 0.1 ⁇ and 1 ⁇ .
  • the vertical minimum quantization distance is the same as the horizontal minimum quantization distance, including 0.01 ⁇ , 0.1 ⁇ , and 1 ⁇ .
  • the third information can be carried in two fields, such as the eighth field and the ninth field, wherein the value carried in the eighth field can be used to indicate the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance, and the value carried in the ninth field can be used to indicate the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance.
  • Unit distance and vertical unit distance are examples of the eighth field that can be used to indicate the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance.
  • the value carried in the eighth field is 0, indicating that the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance are 0.01 ⁇ ; the value carried in the eighth field is 1, indicating that the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance are 0.1 ⁇ ; the eighth field The value carried is 2, representing the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance of 1 ⁇ .
  • the values of the eighth field above are only examples. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of bits occupied by the eighth field. For ease of description, the following takes the eighth field occupying P bits as an example, where P is greater than or equal to 1.
  • the ninth field occupies L bit sequences.
  • the distance between two adjacent columns in the first matrix can be determined, that is, the horizontal unit distance is twice the horizontal minimum quantization distance.
  • the distance between two adjacent rows in the first matrix that is, the vertical unit distance, is twice the vertical minimum quantization distance.
  • the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance are the same as an example.
  • the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance may not be the same.
  • the third information may also be carried in two fields, such as the aforementioned eighth field and ninth field.
  • the value of some bits in the eighth field may be used to indicate the horizontal minimum quantization distance, and the value of another part of the bits in the eighth field may be used to indicate the vertical minimum quantization distance.
  • the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance are the same, but the horizontal unit distance and the vertical unit distance may be different.
  • the third information may also be carried in the eighth field and the ninth field.
  • the value of the eighth field may be used to indicate the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance.
  • Part of the bits of the ninth field may be used to indicate the horizontal unit distance, and another part of the bits of the ninth field may be used to indicate the vertical unit distance.
  • the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance are different, and the horizontal unit distance and the vertical unit distance are also different.
  • the third information may also be carried in the eighth field and the ninth field.
  • the value of some bits in the eighth field may be used to indicate the horizontal minimum quantization distance, and the value of another part of the bits in the eighth field may be used to indicate the vertical minimum quantization distance.
  • Part of the bits of the ninth field may be used to indicate the horizontal unit distance, and another part of the bits of the ninth field may be used to indicate the vertical unit distance.
  • multiple horizontal minimum quantization distances and multiple vertical minimum quantization distances can be defined.
  • the dimension of the first matrix can be flexibly set to reduce signaling overhead.
  • the interval between the antenna elements in the antenna array is indicated more precisely, for example, the interval can be accurate to 2 or more digits after the decimal point.
  • the base station can indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CS-RS port for the terminal through the first indication information, and for various hybrid antenna arrays, the base station can indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CS-RS port for the terminal.
  • the terminal may map the antenna ports to the first matrix according to the first indication information, so as to determine the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports.
  • the terminal measures the pilot signal received from the determined antenna port, calculates the final CSI, and sends the CSI to the base station.
  • the terminal can determine the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port according to the first indication information, and the first indication information is determined by the base station for the used antenna array, such as a dual-polarized antenna array or a hybrid antenna array, it can be Guarantee better system performance.
  • a second codebook different from the first codebook can be designed for the hybrid antenna array, and the first indication information can also be considered to be determined by the base station for the first codebook or the second codebook, so as to ensure better system performance as much as possible .
  • the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port for the terminal.
  • the first indication information may be a dual-polarized antenna array equivalent to an antenna array used by mapping the antenna ports to the base station, it is compatible with various types of antenna arrays and has a wider application range.
  • the first indication information corresponds to the antenna array used by the base station, or the first indication information corresponds to the codebook corresponding to the antenna array, so better system performance can be guaranteed.
  • the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are respectively introduced from the perspective of interaction between a terminal and a network device.
  • the terminal and the network device may include hardware structures and/or software modules, and implement the above functions in the form of hardware structures, software modules, or hardware structures plus software modules. Whether one of the above functions is performed in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 1800 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may correspondingly implement the functions or steps implemented by the terminal or the network device in each of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device may include a processing module 1810 and a transceiver module 1820 .
  • a storage unit may also be included, and the storage unit may be used to store instructions (codes or programs) and/or data.
  • the processing module 1810 and the transceiver module 1820 may be coupled with the storage unit, for example, the processing unit 1810 may read instructions (codes or programs) and/or data in the storage unit to implement corresponding methods.
  • the above-mentioned units may be set independently, or may be partially or fully integrated.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may be a terminal, and may also be a component (eg, a chip or a circuit) applied in the terminal.
  • the transceiver module 1820 may be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , such as S1301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , and/or for supporting the technology described herein. other processes.
  • the processing module 1810 is configured to perform all operations performed by the terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 except for the transceiving operation, such as S1302 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , and/or to support this document other procedures of the described techniques.
  • the transceiver module 1820 is configured to receive the first indication information from the network device, and send the CSI determined by the processing module 1810 according to the first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the antenna port Correspondence with CSI-RS ports.
  • the antenna port corresponds to a radio frequency channel of an antenna array, where the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
  • the antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
  • the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, and the first matrix is used to determine the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port. Antenna port corresponding to CSI-RS port.
  • the first indication information further includes second information, where the second information is used to indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix.
  • the first indication information further includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate a horizontal interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and any phase The vertical spacing of two adjacent antenna elements.
  • processing module 1810 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
  • transceiver module 1820 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component or a communication interface.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the network devices in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may be a network device, or may be a component (eg, a chip or a circuit) applied in the network device.
  • the transceiver module 1820 may be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , such as S1301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , and/or to support the techniques described herein other processes.
  • the processing module 1810 is configured to perform all operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 except for the transceiving operation, such as S1303 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , and/or for supporting Other procedures for the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1820 is configured to send the first indication information determined by the processing module 1810 to the terminal, and receive CSI from the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the antenna port and the CSI-RS The corresponding relationship of the ports, the CSI is determined according to the first indication information.
  • the antenna ports correspond to radio frequency channels of an antenna array
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one column of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, wherein all The antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
  • the antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
  • the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
  • the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, and the first matrix is used to determine the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port. Antenna port corresponding to CSI-RS port.
  • the first indication information further includes second information, where the second information is used to indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix.
  • the first indication information further includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate a horizontal interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and any phase The vertical spacing of two adjacent antenna elements.
  • the processing module 1810 is further configured to equalize the four-port antenna unit into two two-port antennas, and determine the first indication information according to the two-port antennas obtained after the equivalence, wherein,
  • the first antenna element and the second antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to a two-port antenna element, and the third antenna element and the fourth antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to another two-port antenna element.
  • the antenna element and the third antenna element are the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit in the first polarization direction, and the second antenna element and the fourth antenna element are the two antennas of the four-port antenna unit in the second polarization direction vibrator.
  • processing module 1810 to convert the four-port antenna unit into two two-port antenna units, including but not limited to the following equivalent ways:
  • the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are distributed along the diagonal.
  • the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit remain unchanged, wherein the positions of the two antenna elements of any one of the two two-port antenna units are different. That is, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit after being equivalent are all different.
  • processing module 1810 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
  • transceiver module 1820 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component or a communication interface.
  • processing module 1810 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
  • transceiver module 1820 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component or a communication interface.
  • FIG. 19 shows a communication apparatus 1900 provided in this embodiment of the present application, where the communication apparatus 1900 may be a terminal capable of implementing the functions of the terminal in the method provided in this embodiment of the present application, or the communication apparatus 1900 may be a network device capable of Implement the function of the network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; the communication apparatus 1900 may also be a device that can support the terminal to implement the corresponding function in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, or can support the network device to implement the function provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1900 may be a chip or a chip system. In this embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver module 1820 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver is integrated into the communication device 1900 to form a communication interface 1910 .
  • the communication apparatus 1900 includes at least one processor 1920, which is configured to implement or support the communication apparatus 1900 to implement the function of the network device or terminal in the method provided in the embodiments of this application. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not repeated here.
  • Communication apparatus 1900 may also include at least one memory 1930 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • Memory 1930 and processor 1920 are coupled.
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • Processor 1920 may cooperate with memory 1930.
  • the processor 1920 may execute program instructions and/or data stored in the memory 1930 to cause the communication device 1900 to implement the corresponding method. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
  • the communication apparatus 1900 may also include a communication interface 1910 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the devices used in the communication apparatus 1900 may communicate with other devices.
  • a communication interface 1910 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the devices used in the communication apparatus 1900 may communicate with other devices.
  • the communication device is a terminal
  • the other device is a network device; or, when the communication device is a network device, the other device is a terminal.
  • the processor 1920 may use the communication interface 1910 to send and receive data.
  • the communication interface 1910 may specifically be a transceiver.
  • the specific connection medium between the communication interface 1910 , the processor 1920 , and the memory 1930 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the memory 1930, the processor 1920, and the communication interface 1910 are connected through a bus 1940 in FIG. 19.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 19, and the connection between other components is only for schematic illustration. , is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 19, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 1920 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which may implement Alternatively, each method, step, and logic block diagram disclosed in the embodiments of the present application are executed.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the memory 1930 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), and may also be a volatile memory (volatile memory), Such as random-access memory (random-access memory, RAM).
  • Memory is, but is not limited to, any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer.
  • the memory in this embodiment of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of implementing a storage function, for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the communication device in the above embodiment may be a terminal or a circuit, and may also be a chip applied in the terminal or other combined devices and components having the above terminal function.
  • the transceiver module may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module may be a processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU).
  • the transceiver module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module may be a processor.
  • the transceiver module may be an input/output interface of the chip or the chip system, and the processing module may be a processor of the chip or the chip system.
  • FIG. 20 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified communication device.
  • the communication device is a base station as an example.
  • the base station may be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 , and may be the network device in FIG. 1 , and execute the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 2000 may include a transceiver 2001 , a memory 2021 and a processor 2022 .
  • the transceiver 2001 can be used for communication by a communication device, such as for sending or receiving the above-mentioned indication information.
  • the memory 2021 is coupled to the processor 2022, and can be used to store programs and data necessary for the communication device 2000 to implement various functions.
  • the processor 2022 is configured to support the communication device 2000 to perform the corresponding functions in the above-mentioned methods, and the functions can be implemented by calling programs stored in the memory 2021 .
  • the transceiver 2010 may be a wireless transceiver, which may be used to support the communication apparatus 2000 to receive and send signaling and/or data through a wireless air interface.
  • the transceiver 2010 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit or a communication unit, and the transceiver 2010 may include one or more radio frequency units 2012 and one or more antennas 2011, wherein the radio frequency unit is such as a remote radio unit (remote radio unit, RRU) Or an active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU), which can be specifically used for the transmission of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, and the one or more antennas can specifically be used for radiation and reception of radio frequency signals.
  • the transceiver 2010 may only include the above radio frequency unit 2012, and then the communication apparatus 2000 may include the transceiver 2010, a memory 2021, a processor 2022, and an antenna.
  • the memory 2021 and the processor 2022 can be integrated or independent from each other. As shown in FIG. 20 , the memory 2021 and the processor 2022 can be integrated into the control unit 2020 of the communication device 2000 .
  • the control unit 2020 may include a baseband unit (BBU) of an LTE base station, and the baseband unit may also be referred to as a digital unit (DU), or the control unit 2020 may include 5G and future wireless access A distributed unit (DU) and/or a centralized unit (CU) in a base station under the technology.
  • the above control unit 2020 may be composed of one or more antenna panels, wherein, multiple antenna panels can jointly support a wireless access network (such as an LTE network) of a single access standard, and multiple antenna panels can also support different access standards.
  • a wireless access network such as an LTE network
  • Radio access network such as LTE network, 5G network or other network.
  • the memory 2021 and processor 2022 may serve one or more antenna panels. That is, the memory 2021 and the processor 2022 may be separately provided on each antenna panel. It is also possible that multiple antenna panels share the same memory 2021 and processor 2022 . In addition, necessary circuits may be provided on each antenna panel, for example, the circuits may be used to realize the coupling between the memory 2021 and the processor 2022 .
  • the above transceiver 2010, processor 2022 and memory 2021 can be connected through a bus structure and/or other connection media.
  • the processor 2022 can perform baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then output the baseband signal to the radio frequency unit, and the radio frequency unit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna. It is sent in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency unit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 2022.
  • the processor 2022 converts the baseband signal into data and sends the data to the data. to be processed.
  • the transceiver 2010 can be used to perform the above steps performed by the transceiver module 1820 .
  • the processor 2022 may be used to invoke instructions in the memory 2021 to perform the steps performed by the processing module 1810 above.
  • FIG. 21 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal.
  • the terminal takes a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the vehicle-mounted unit, execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of equipment may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 21 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 21 . In an actual device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with a transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit of the apparatus, and the processor with the processing function may be regarded as the processing unit of the apparatus.
  • the device includes a transceiver unit 2110 and a processing unit 2120 .
  • the transceiver unit 2110 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, or the like.
  • the processing unit 2120 may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 2110 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 2110 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 2110 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the transceiver unit 2110 may also be sometimes referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit or the like.
  • the receiving unit may also sometimes be referred to as a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, or the like.
  • the transmitting unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
  • transceiver unit 2110 is configured to perform the sending and receiving operations on the terminal side in the foregoing method embodiments
  • processing unit 2120 is configured to perform other operations on the terminal except for the sending and receiving operations in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit 2110 may be used to perform S1301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein.
  • the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit may be an integrated processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit.
  • the apparatus may perform functions similar to the processing module 1810 in FIG. 18 .
  • the apparatus includes a processor 2210, a transmit data processor 2220, and a receive data processor 2130.
  • the processing module 1810 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the processor 2210 in FIG. 22, and performs corresponding functions.
  • the processing module 1810 in the above embodiment may be the sending data processor 2220 and/or the receiving data processor 2230 in FIG. 22 .
  • the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 22, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a limitative description of this embodiment, but are only illustrative.
  • FIG. 23 shows another form of this embodiment.
  • the communication device 2300 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem.
  • the communication apparatus in this embodiment may serve as a modulation subsystem therein.
  • the modulation subsystem may include a processor 2303 and an interface 2304 .
  • the processor 2303 completes the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1810
  • the interface 2304 implements the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 1820 .
  • the modulation subsystem includes a memory 2306, a processor 2303, and a program stored in the memory 2306 and executable on the processor. When the processor 2303 executes the program, the method of the terminal in the above method embodiment is implemented .
  • the memory 2306 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the communication device 2300, as long as the memory 2306 can be connected to the The processor 2303 is sufficient.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, specifically, the communication system includes a network device and a terminal, or may further include more network devices and multiple terminals.
  • the communication system includes a network device and a terminal for implementing the above-mentioned related functions of FIG. 13 .
  • the network devices are respectively used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned network parts related to FIG. 13 .
  • the terminal is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned terminal related to FIG. 13 .
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which, when running on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the network device in FIG. 13 ; or when running on the computer, cause the computer to execute the method The method performed by the terminal in FIG. 13 .
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which, when running on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the network device in FIG. 13 ; or when running on the computer, cause the computer to execute the method shown in FIG. 13 .
  • the method executed in the terminal is not limited to any one of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a chip system, which includes a processor and may also include a memory, for implementing the functions of the network device or terminal in the foregoing method; or for implementing the functions of the network device and the terminal in the foregoing method.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • At least one (a) of a, b or c can represent: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a, b and c, where a, b, c Can be single or multiple.
  • the ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, sequence, priority or priority of multiple objects. Importance.
  • the first relaxation measurement strategy and the second relaxation measurement strategy are only for differentiating different measurements, but do not indicate the difference in priority or importance of the two strategies.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in the present application are a channel state information (CSI) feedback method and a communication apparatus. The method comprises: a network device sends first indication information to a terminal; the terminal receives the first information, and feeds back CSI to the network device according to the first indication information, wherein the first indication information is used for indicating correspondences between antenna ports and channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) ports. The present application may be applicable to a communication system comprising a hybrid antenna array. Because the network device can indicate the correspondences between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports for the terminal, the network device can be compatible with the determining rule of the current antenna port sequence, that is, compatible with various hybrid antenna arrays. In addition, the network device can indicate the same or different antenna port sequences for different hybrid antenna arrays, ensuring better system performance.

Description

一种信道状态信息的反馈方法及通信装置A kind of channel state information feedback method and communication device
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请要求在2020年06月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010622808.9、申请名称为“一种信道状态信息的反馈方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number of 202010622808.9 and the application title of "A Feedback Method and Communication Device for Channel Status Information" filed with the China Patent Office on June 30, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及天线技术领域,尤其涉及一种信道状态信息的反馈方法及通信装置。The present application relates to the field of antenna technologies, and in particular, to a method and a communication device for feeding back channel state information.
背景技术Background technique
为提升系统的吞吐量,引入了多输入多输出(multiple input and multiple output,MIMO)技术。但是天线阵列的维度增大,天线阵列的面积也随之增大,不利于天线阵列的部署。为了满足天线阵列的面积需求,未来设计的天线阵列可包括不止一种类型的天线单元。例如未来设计的天线阵列可包括二端口天线单元和四端口天线单元,又例如天线阵列包括的天线振子在水平方向和/或垂直方向上不均匀分布。In order to improve the throughput of the system, multiple input and multiple output (multiple input and multiple output, MIMO) technology is introduced. However, as the dimension of the antenna array increases, the area of the antenna array also increases, which is not conducive to the deployment of the antenna array. To meet the area requirements of the antenna array, future designs of the antenna array may include more than one type of antenna element. For example, an antenna array designed in the future may include a two-port antenna unit and a four-port antenna unit. For example, the antenna elements included in the antenna array are not uniformly distributed in the horizontal direction and/or the vertical direction.
虽然MIMO技术可以提升系统的吞吐量,但是系统吞吐量的大小还取决于基站获取下行信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)的准确程度。例如,对于频分双工(frequency division duplexing,FDD)系统来说,终端可基于通过对多个正交波束的线性合并的码本反馈预编码矩阵,基站需要通过终端反馈预编码矩阵或预编码矩阵索引(Precoding Matrix Index,PMI)的方式获取下行最优的预编码矩阵。Although the MIMO technology can improve the throughput of the system, the throughput of the system also depends on the accuracy of the base station's acquisition of downlink channel state information (CSI). For example, for a frequency division duplexing (FDD) system, the terminal can feed back a precoding matrix based on a codebook that is linearly combined with multiple orthogonal beams, and the base station needs to feed back the precoding matrix or precoding through the terminal Matrix index (Precoding Matrix Index, PMI) method to obtain the downlink optimal precoding matrix.
现有的天线阵列为传统的双极化天线阵列,也就是由交叉极化天线组成的天线阵列,与双极化天线阵列对应的码本为例如第一码本。针对该双极化天线和第一码本,协议规定了确定天线端口和信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)端口的对应关系的规则。根据该规则可确定唯一的天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。但是未来设计的天线阵列可能包括不止一种类型的天线单元,如果沿用该规则,可能确定出天线端口和CSI-RS端口的多种对应关系。不同的对应关系对应的系统性能也有所不同,若终端任意选择一种天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系来反馈预编码矩阵,可能无法保证较优的系统性能。The existing antenna array is a traditional dual-polarized antenna array, that is, an antenna array composed of cross-polarized antennas, and the codebook corresponding to the dual-polarized antenna array is, for example, the first codebook. For the dual-polarized antenna and the first codebook, the protocol specifies a rule for determining the correspondence between the antenna port and the channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) port. The corresponding relationship between the unique antenna port and the CSI-RS port can be determined according to this rule. However, antenna arrays designed in the future may include more than one type of antenna elements. If this rule is followed, multiple correspondences between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports may be determined. The system performance corresponding to different correspondences is also different. If the terminal arbitrarily selects a correspondence between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports to feed back the precoding matrix, better system performance may not be guaranteed.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种信道状态信息的反馈方法及通信装置,为终端指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,能够兼容各种类型的天线阵列,提高系统性能。The present application provides a channel state information feedback method and communication device, which indicate the correspondence between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports for terminals, which can be compatible with various types of antenna arrays and improve system performance.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种信道状态信息的反馈方法,该方法可由第一通信装置执行,第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片或芯片系统。下面以所述通信设备为终端为例进行描述。该方法包括:In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for feeding back channel state information. The method may be executed by a first communication device, and the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method. , such as a chip or system-on-chip. The following description takes the communication device as a terminal as an example. The method includes:
终端接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,并根据所述第一指示信息向网络设备发送CSI,其中,该第一指示信息用于指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。The terminal receives first indication information from the network device, and sends CSI to the network device according to the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种信道状态信息的反馈方法,该方法可由第二通信装置执行,第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片或芯片系统。下面以所述通信设备为网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for feeding back channel state information. The method may be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method. , such as a chip or system-on-chip. The following description will be given by taking the communication device as a network device as an example. The method includes:
向终端发送第一指示信息,并接收来自终端的CSI;其中,第一指示信息用于指示天线端口与信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口的对应关系,所述CSI是根据该第一指示信息确定的。Send first indication information to the terminal, and receive CSI from the terminal; wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS port, and the CSI is based on the first indication information. definite.
本申请实施例可适用于包括混合天线阵列(例如包括多种端口数的天线单元)的通信系统。针对某个混合天线阵列,如果沿用目前天线端口顺序的确定规则,可能存在天线端口与CSI-RS端口的多种对应关系。因此,本申请实施例中,网络设备可为终端指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,这样可兼容目前天线端口顺序的确定规则。且可以认为,网络设备指示的天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系与网络设备设置的混合天线阵列对应,这样即使存在多种混合天线阵列,由于天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系与网络设备设置的混合天线阵列对应,所以可保证较优的系统性能。可见,通过本申请实施例提供的方法,在存在多种混合天线阵列的情况下,可以明确天线端口顺序,以兼容各种类型的天线阵列。同时,网络设备可针对不同的混合天线阵列指示相同或不同的天线端口顺序,保证较优的系统性能。The embodiments of the present application may be applicable to a communication system including a hybrid antenna array (eg, antenna units including various numbers of ports). For a certain hybrid antenna array, if the current determination rule of the order of antenna ports is used, there may be various correspondences between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device may indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports for the terminal, which is compatible with the current determination rule of the order of the antenna ports. And it can be considered that the corresponding relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port indicated by the network device corresponds to the hybrid antenna array set by the network device, so even if there are multiple hybrid antenna arrays, because the corresponding relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port is different from the network device. It corresponds to the hybrid antenna array set by the equipment, so it can ensure better system performance. It can be seen that, with the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, in the case of multiple hybrid antenna arrays, the order of the antenna ports can be specified, so as to be compatible with various types of antenna arrays. At the same time, the network device can indicate the same or different antenna port sequences for different hybrid antenna arrays to ensure better system performance.
在第一方面和第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述天线端口与天线阵列的射频通道对应,该天线阵列满足如下的一种或多种条件:In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect and the second aspect, the antenna port corresponds to a radio frequency channel of an antenna array, and the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
该天线阵列包括至少一个第一天线单元和至少一个第二天线单元,所述第一天线单元和所述第二天线单元的端口数不同;The antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,至少一行天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同;The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,至少一列天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同。The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
本申请实施例可适用于多种混合天线阵列,例如由多种端口数的天线单元组成的阵列,又例如由在水平方向或垂直方向上不等间隔分布天线单元组成的阵列等,适用范围更广。The embodiments of the present application can be applied to a variety of hybrid antenna arrays, such as an array composed of antenna elements with various port numbers, or an array composed of antenna elements distributed at unequal intervals in the horizontal direction or the vertical direction. wide.
本申请实施例旨在指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,在可能的实现方式中,网络设备可直接指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,也可以间接指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,例如包括如下的几种方式:The embodiments of this application are intended to indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports. In a possible implementation manner, the network device may directly indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports, or may indirectly indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports. The corresponding relationship of RS ports, for example, includes the following methods:
一示例性的,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息和第二信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,其中,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一矩阵的垂直维度和水平维度,所述第一矩阵用于确定与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。该方案中,第一矩阵可以认为是天线阵列虚拟的天线端口与CSI-RS端口的映射关系,通过第二信息可指示第一矩阵的垂直维度和水平维度,再通过第一信息指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。这样终端基于第一信息和第二信息就可以确定第一矩阵中哪些天线端口是用于反馈CSI使用的,易于实现。In an example, the first indication information includes first information and second information, where the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, wherein the second The information is used to indicate the vertical and horizontal dimensions of the first matrix used to determine the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports. In this solution, the first matrix can be considered as the mapping relationship between the virtual antenna ports of the antenna array and the CSI-RS ports, the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix can be indicated by the second information, and the first matrix can be indicated by the first information. The antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in . In this way, the terminal can determine which antenna ports in the first matrix are used for feeding back CSI based on the first information and the second information, which is easy to implement.
在一些实施例中,第二信息可承载于第一字段和第二字段,所述第一字段用于承载所述第一矩阵的垂直维度,所述第二字段用于承载所述第一矩阵的水平维度。该方案指示方式更为直接,不需要事先定义第一矩阵可能的维度,对系统的要求较低。In some embodiments, the second information may be carried in a first field and a second field, the first field is used to carry the vertical dimension of the first matrix, and the second field is used to carry the first matrix the horizontal dimension. This solution has a more direct indication method, does not need to define the possible dimensions of the first matrix in advance, and has lower requirements on the system.
在一些实施例中,第二信息承载于第三字段,所述第三字段占用一个或多个比特,所 述第三字段的不同取值指示不同维度的第一矩阵。该方案可间接指示第一矩阵的垂直维度和水平维度,例如事先定义第一矩阵可能的维度,不同的维度对应不同的取值。通过第三字段承载的值可确定第一矩阵的维度,不需要分别指示第一矩阵的垂直维度和水平维度,可尽量节约系统开销。In some embodiments, the second information is carried in a third field, the third field occupies one or more bits, and different values of the third field indicate first matrices of different dimensions. This solution may indirectly indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix, for example, the possible dimensions of the first matrix are defined in advance, and different dimensions correspond to different values. The dimension of the first matrix can be determined by the value carried in the third field, and there is no need to separately indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix, which can save system overhead as much as possible.
另一示例性的,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,所述第一矩阵用于确定与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。该方案中,针对第一信息对应的第一矩阵可能存在多种维度的情况下,可以事先约定与第一信息对应的第一矩阵的维度是这多种维度中的某一种维度,这样网络设备只需告知终端第一信息,而不需要告知终端第一矩阵的垂直维度或水平维度,从而更加节省信令的开销。In another example, the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, and the first matrix is used to determine the the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port. In this solution, when the first matrix corresponding to the first information may have multiple dimensions, it can be agreed in advance that the dimension of the first matrix corresponding to the first information is one of these multiple dimensions, so that the network The device only needs to inform the terminal of the first information, but does not need to inform the terminal of the vertical dimension or the horizontal dimension of the first matrix, thereby saving signaling overhead.
在第一方面和第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。由于第三信息可用于指示任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔,所以即使基站设置的天线单元不等间隔分布,通过该方案也能够确定天线端口与CSI-RS的对应关系。可见,该方案不仅能够兼容包括多种端口数的天线单元,还能够兼容不等间隔分布的天线单元,适用范围更广。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect and the second aspect, the first indication information further includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate any two adjacent antennas included in the antenna array The spacing of elements in the horizontal direction, and the spacing of any two adjacent antenna elements in the vertical direction. Since the third information can be used to indicate the interval between any two adjacent antenna units in the horizontal direction, and the interval between any two adjacent antenna units in the vertical direction, even if the antenna units set by the base station are distributed at unequal intervals, Through this solution, the corresponding relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS can also be determined. It can be seen that this solution is not only compatible with antenna units including a variety of port numbers, but also compatible with antenna units distributed at unequal intervals, and has a wider application range.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述天线单元包括四端口天线单元,该方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the antenna unit includes a four-port antenna unit, and the method further includes:
将所述四端口天线单元等效为两个二端口天线,并根据等效后获得的二端口天线确定所述第一指示信息,其中,The four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antennas, and the first indication information is determined according to the two-port antenna obtained after the equivalence, wherein,
四端口天线单元的第一天线振子和第二天线振子等效为一个二端口天线单元,以及四端口天线单元的第三天线振子和第四天线振子等效为另一个二端口天线单元,第一天线振子和第三天线振子为四端口天线单元在第一极化方向上的两个天线振子,第二天线振子和第四天线振子为四端口天线单元在第二极化方向上的两个天线振子。The first antenna element and the second antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to a two-port antenna element, and the third antenna element and the fourth antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to another two-port antenna element. The antenna element and the third antenna element are the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit in the first polarization direction, and the second antenna element and the fourth antenna element are the two antennas of the four-port antenna unit in the second polarization direction vibrator.
在本申请实施例中,可将四端口天线单元等效成两个二端口天线单元,即将其他类型的天线单元等效为传统的双极化天线阵列,这样可兼容与传统的双极化天线阵列匹配的码本,不需要重新设计码本。In the embodiment of the present application, the four-port antenna unit can be equivalent to two two-port antenna units, that is, other types of antenna units are equivalent to the traditional dual-polarized antenna array, which is compatible with the traditional dual-polarized antenna. Array-matched codebook, no need to redesign the codebook.
本申请实施例将四端口天线单元等效为两个二端口天线单元的方式有多种,包括但不限于如下的几种等效方式:There are various ways in which the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antenna units in the embodiments of the present application, including but not limited to the following equivalent ways:
等效方式一,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元位于同一行; Equivalent mode 1, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are located in the same row;
等效方式二,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元位于同一列; Equivalent mode 2, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are located in the same column;
等效方式三,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元沿对角线分布。In the third equivalent mode, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are distributed along the diagonal.
等效方式四,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置保持不变,其中,两个二端口天线单元中的任意一个二端口天线单元的两个天线振子的位置不同。也就是,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子等效之后的位置都不同。In the fourth equivalent manner, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit remain unchanged, wherein the positions of the two antenna elements of any one of the two two-port antenna units are different. That is, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit after being equivalent are all different.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端侧通信设备或 能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片或芯片系统。该通信装置可包括处理模块和收发模块,其中,所述收发模块,用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,以及向网络设备发送所述处理模块根据第一指示信息确定的CSI,其中,该第一指示信息用于指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal-side communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method, such as a chip or a chip system. The communication apparatus may include a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein the transceiver module is configured to receive first indication information from a network device, and send the CSI determined by the processing module according to the first indication information to the network device, wherein, The first indication information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述天线端口与天线阵列的射频通道对应,其中,所述天线阵列满足如下的一种或多种条件:In a possible implementation manner, the antenna port corresponds to a radio frequency channel of an antenna array, wherein the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
该天线阵列包括至少一个第一天线单元和至少一个第二天线单元,所述第一天线单元和所述第二天线单元的端口数不同;The antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,至少一行天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同;The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,至少一列天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同。The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,其中,所述第一矩阵用于确定与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate an antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, wherein the first A matrix is used to determine the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一矩阵的垂直维度和水平维度。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes second information, where the second information is used to indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements in the vertical direction.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是网络侧通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片或芯片系统。该通信装置可包括处理模块和收发模块,其中,所述收发模块,用于向终端发送所述处理模块生成的第一指示信息,并接收来自所述终端的CSI,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,所述CSI是根据所述第一指示信息确定的。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a network-side communication device or a communication device capable of supporting functions required by the communication device to implement the method, such as a chip or a chip system. The communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein the transceiver module is configured to send first indication information generated by the processing module to a terminal and receive CSI from the terminal, wherein the first indication The information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port, and the CSI is determined according to the first indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述天线端口与天线阵列的射频通道对应,其中,所述天线阵列满足如下的一种或多种条件:In a possible implementation manner, the antenna port corresponds to a radio frequency channel of an antenna array, wherein the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
该天线阵列包括至少一个第一天线单元和至少一个第二天线单元,所述第一天线单元和所述第二天线单元的端口数不同;The antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,至少一行天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同;The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,至少一列天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同。The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,其中,所述第一矩阵用于确定与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate an antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, wherein the first A matrix is used to determine the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一矩阵的垂直维度和水平维度。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes second information, where the second information is used to indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及任意相邻的两 个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements in the vertical direction.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块还用于将所述四端口天线单元等效为两个二端口天线,并根据等效后获得的二端口天线确定第一指示信息,其中,In a possible implementation manner, the processing module is further configured to equate the four-port antenna unit into two two-port antennas, and determine the first indication information according to the two-port antennas obtained after the equivalence, wherein,
四端口天线单元的第一天线振子和第二天线振子等效为一个二端口天线单元,以及四端口天线单元的第三天线振子和第四天线振子等效为另一个二端口天线单元,第一天线振子和第三天线振子为四端口天线单元在第一极化方向上的两个天线振子,第二天线振子和第四天线振子为四端口天线单元在第二极化方向上的两个天线振子。The first antenna element and the second antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to a two-port antenna element, and the third antenna element and the fourth antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to another two-port antenna element. The antenna element and the third antenna element are the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit in the first polarization direction, and the second antenna element and the fourth antenna element are the two antennas of the four-port antenna unit in the second polarization direction vibrator.
本申请实施例将四端口天线单元等效为两个二端口天线单元的方式有多种,包括但不限于如下的几种等效方式:There are various ways in which the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antenna units in the embodiments of the present application, including but not limited to the following equivalent ways:
等效方式一,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元位于同一行; Equivalent mode 1, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are located in the same row;
等效方式二,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元位于同一列; Equivalent mode 2, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are located in the same column;
等效方式三,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元沿对角线分布。In the third equivalent mode, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are distributed along the diagonal.
等效方式四,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置保持不变,其中,两个二端口天线单元中的任意一个二端口天线单元的两个天线振子的位置不同。也就是,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子等效之后的位置都不同。In the fourth equivalent manner, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit remain unchanged, wherein the positions of the two antenna elements of any one of the two two-port antenna units are different. That is, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit after being equivalent are all different.
关于第三方面或第四方面或第三方面的各种可能的实施方式或第四方面的各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可以参考对第一方面或第二方面或第一方面的各种可能的实施方式或第二方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the third aspect or the fourth aspect or various possible implementations of the third aspect or various possible implementations of the fourth aspect, please refer to the first aspect or the second aspect or the first aspect. Introduction of various possible implementations of the aspect or technical effects of various possible implementations of the second aspect.
第五方面,本申请实施例还提供一种CSI的反馈方法,该方法可由第二通信装置执行,第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片或芯片系统。下面以所述通信设备为网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a CSI feedback method, the method can be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device can be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method, For example a chip or a system of chips. The following description will be given by taking the communication device as a network device as an example. The method includes:
将天线阵列包括的每个四端口天线等效为两个二端口天线,获得等效后的天线阵列;Equivalent each four-port antenna included in the antenna array to two two-port antennas to obtain an equivalent antenna array;
根据所述等效后的天线阵列进行CSI-RS端口映射;perform CSI-RS port mapping according to the equivalent antenna array;
向终端发送第一指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述天线阵列包括的天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。Send first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports included in the antenna array and the CSI-RS ports.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述天线阵列满足如下的一种或多种条件:In a possible implementation manner, the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
该天线阵列包括至少一个第一天线单元和至少一个第二天线单元,所述第一天线单元和所述第二天线单元的端口数不同;The antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,至少一行天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同;The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,至少一列天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同。The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
在一种可能的实现方式中,将天线阵列包括的每个四端口天线等效为两个二端口天线包括:In a possible implementation, equalizing each four-port antenna included in the antenna array as two two-port antennas includes:
将四端口天线单元的第一天线振子和第二天线振子等效为一个二端口天线单元,以及四端口天线单元的第三天线振子和第四天线振子等效为另一个二端口天线单元,第一天线振子和第三天线振子为四端口天线单元在第一极化方向上的两个天线振子,第二天线振子 和第四天线振子为四端口天线单元在第二极化方向上的两个天线振子。The first antenna element and the second antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to a two-port antenna element, and the third antenna element and the fourth antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to another two-port antenna element. The first antenna element and the third antenna element are the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna element in the first polarization direction, and the second antenna element and the fourth antenna element are the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna element in the second polarization direction Antenna vibrator.
本申请实施例将四端口天线单元等效为两个二端口天线单元的方式有多种,包括但不限于如下的几种等效方式:There are various ways in which the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antenna units in the embodiments of the present application, including but not limited to the following equivalent ways:
等效方式一,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元位于同一行; Equivalent mode 1, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are located in the same row;
等效方式二,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元位于同一列; Equivalent mode 2, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are located in the same column;
等效方式三,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元沿对角线分布。In the third equivalent mode, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are distributed along the diagonal.
等效方式四,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置保持不变,其中,两个二端口天线单元中的任意一个二端口天线单元的两个天线振子的位置不同。也就是,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子等效之后的位置都不同。In the fourth equivalent manner, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit remain unchanged, wherein the positions of the two antenna elements of any one of the two two-port antenna units are different. That is, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit after being equivalent are all different.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,其中,所述第一矩阵用于确定与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate an antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, wherein the first A matrix is used to determine the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息和第二信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,其中,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一矩阵的垂直维度和水平维度,所述第一矩阵用于确定与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes first information and second information, and the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, wherein, The second information is used to indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix, and the first matrix is used to determine the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements in the vertical direction.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是网络侧通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片或芯片系统。该通信装置可包括处理模块和收发模块,其中,所述处理模块用于将天线阵列包括的每个四端口天线等效为两个二端口天线,获得等效后的天线阵列,以及根据所述等效后的天线阵列进行CSI-RS端口映射;所述收发模块用于向终端发送第一指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述天线阵列包括的天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a network-side communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method, such as a chip or a chip system. The communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein the processing module is configured to equivalently convert each four-port antenna included in the antenna array into two two-port antennas, obtain an equivalent antenna array, and obtain the equivalent antenna array according to the The equivalent antenna array performs CSI-RS port mapping; the transceiver module is configured to send first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the antenna ports included in the antenna array and the CSI-RS Port correspondence.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述天线阵列满足如下的一种或多种条件:In a possible implementation manner, the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
该天线阵列包括至少一个第一天线单元和至少一个第二天线单元,所述第一天线单元和所述第二天线单元的端口数不同;The antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,至少一行天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同;The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,至少一列天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同。The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块具体用于:In a possible implementation manner, the processing module is specifically used for:
将四端口天线单元的第一天线振子和第二天线振子等效为一个二端口天线单元,以及四端口天线单元的第三天线振子和第四天线振子等效为另一个二端口天线单元,第一天线振子和第三天线振子为四端口天线单元在第一极化方向上的两个天线振子,第二天线振子和第四天线振子为四端口天线单元在第二极化方向上的两个天线振子。The first antenna element and the second antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to a two-port antenna element, and the third antenna element and the fourth antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to another two-port antenna element. The first antenna element and the third antenna element are the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna element in the first polarization direction, and the second antenna element and the fourth antenna element are the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna element in the second polarization direction Antenna vibrator.
本申请实施例将四端口天线单元等效为两个二端口天线单元的方式有多种,包括但不限于如下的几种等效方式:There are various ways in which the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antenna units in the embodiments of the present application, including but not limited to the following equivalent ways:
等效方式一,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元位于同一行; Equivalent mode 1, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are located in the same row;
等效方式二,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元位于同一列; Equivalent mode 2, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are located in the same column;
等效方式三,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元沿对角线分布。In the third equivalent mode, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are distributed along the diagonal.
等效方式四,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置保持不变,其中,两个二端口天线单元中的任意一个二端口天线单元的两个天线振子的位置不同。也就是,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子等效之后的位置都不同。In the fourth equivalent manner, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit remain unchanged, wherein the positions of the two antenna elements of any one of the two two-port antenna units are different. That is, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit after being equivalent are all different.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,其中,所述第一矩阵用于确定与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate an antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, wherein the first A matrix is used to determine the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息和第二信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,其中,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一矩阵的垂直维度和水平维度,所述第一矩阵用于确定与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes first information and second information, and the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, wherein, The second information is used to indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix, and the first matrix is used to determine the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements in the vertical direction.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述实施例中第三方面或第四方面或第六方面中的通信装置,或者为设置在第三方面或第四方面或第六方面中的通信装置中的芯片或芯片系统。该通信装置包括通信接口以及处理器,可选的,还包括存储器。其中,该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令或者数据,处理器与存储器、通信接口耦合,当处理器读取所述计算机程序或指令或数据时,使通信装置执行上述方法实施例中由终端或网络设备所执行的方法。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the communication device may be the communication device in the third aspect or the fourth aspect or the sixth aspect in the above-mentioned embodiments, or the communication device in the third aspect or the fourth aspect or the chip or chip system in the communication device of the sixth aspect. The communication device includes a communication interface, a processor, and optionally, a memory. Wherein, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions or data, and the processor is coupled with the memory and the communication interface, and when the processor reads the computer program or instructions or data, the communication device is made to execute the above-mentioned method embodiments by the terminal or the communication interface. The method performed by the network device.
应理解,该通信接口可以是通信装置中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出电路、管脚等,用于输入/输出指令、数据或信号。所述收发器用于该通信装置与其它设备进行通信。示例性地,当该通信装置为终端时,该其它设备为网络设备;或者,当该通信装置为网络设备时,该其它设备为终端。It should be understood that the communication interface may be a transceiver in a communication device, for example, implemented by an antenna, a feeder, a codec, etc. in the communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip provided in a network device, the communication interface It can be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output circuits, pins, etc., for inputting/outputting instructions, data or signals. The transceiver is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, when the communication device is a terminal, the other device is a network device; or, when the communication device is a network device, the other device is a terminal.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现第三方面或第四方面或第六方面的通信装置执行的方法。在一种可能的实现方式中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,用于保存程序指令和/或数据。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor, and may further include a memory, for implementing the method executed by the communication apparatus of the third aspect or the fourth aspect or the sixth aspect. In a possible implementation manner, the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括第三方面所述的通信装置和第四方面所述的通信装置,或者所述通信系统包括第三方面所述的通信装置和第六方面所述的通信装置。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the communication device described in the third aspect and the communication device described in the fourth aspect, or the communication system includes the communication device described in the third aspect A communication device and the communication device of the sixth aspect.
第十方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计 算机程序,当该计算机程序被运行时,实现上述各方面中由终端执行的方法;或实现上述各方面中由网络设备执行的方法。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, the method executed by the terminal in the above aspects is implemented; A method of an aspect performed by a network device.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码被运行时,使得上述各方面中由终端执行的方法被执行,或使得上述各方面中由网络设备执行的方法被执行。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed, the method performed by the terminal in the above aspects is executed, or the above-mentioned method is executed. A method performed by a network device of various aspects is performed.
上述第五方面至第十一方面及其实现方式的有益效果可以参考对各个方面或各个方面及其实现方式的有益效果的描述。For the beneficial effects of the fifth to eleventh aspects and implementations thereof, reference may be made to the description of each aspect or the beneficial effects of various aspects and implementations thereof.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的适用的通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a suitable communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的双极化天线单元的一种结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a dual-polarized antenna unit provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的双极化天线单元中的振子与射频通道的对应关系示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a corresponding relationship between a vibrator and a radio frequency channel in a dual-polarized antenna unit provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的混合天线阵列的一种结构示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a hybrid antenna array provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为终端向基站反馈CSI的流程示意图;5 is a schematic flowchart of a terminal feeding back CSI to a base station;
图6为本申请实施例提供的双极化天线单元与CSI-RS端口的对应关系示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of a correspondence between a dual-polarized antenna unit and a CSI-RS port provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的混合天线阵列包括的天线单元与CSI-RS端口之间存在的可能的对应关系示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of possible correspondences existing between antenna elements included in a hybrid antenna array and CSI-RS ports provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的混合天线阵列包括的天线单元与CSI-RS端口之间存在的可能的对应关系示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of possible correspondences existing between antenna elements included in a hybrid antenna array and CSI-RS ports provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的QHA/QSA在同一极化方向等效成XPO的原理示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the principle that QHA/QSA is equivalent to XPO in the same polarization direction provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种混合天线阵列等效成传统双极化天线的示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram illustrating that a hybrid antenna array provided by an embodiment of the application is equivalent to a conventional dual-polarized antenna;
图11为本申请实施例提供的四端口天线单元等效成传统双极化天线的示意图;11 is a schematic diagram of a four-port antenna unit provided by an embodiment of the present application being equivalent to a conventional dual-polarized antenna;
图12为本申请实施例提供的某个混合天线阵列等效为双极化天线阵列的示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array provided by an embodiment of the present application being equivalent to a dual-polarized antenna array;
图13为本申请实施例提供的信道状态信息的反馈方法的流程示意图;13 is a schematic flowchart of a method for feeding back channel state information provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的某个混合天线阵列等效成虚拟的双极化天线阵列的一种示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array provided by an embodiment of the present application being equivalent to a virtual dual-polarized antenna array;
图15为本申请实施例提供的某个混合天线阵列等效成虚拟的双极化天线阵列的一种示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array provided by an embodiment of the present application being equivalent to a virtual dual-polarized antenna array;
图16为本申请实施例提供的混合天线阵列包括的天线单元与CSI-RS端口之间存在的可能的对应关系示意图;16 is a schematic diagram of possible correspondences between antenna elements included in a hybrid antenna array and CSI-RS ports provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17为在水平方向上的间隔不均匀的天线单元的示意图;17 is a schematic diagram of unevenly spaced antenna elements in the horizontal direction;
图18为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一种结构示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一种结构示意图;FIG. 19 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的一通信装置的一种结构示意图;FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图21为本申请实施例提供的另一通信装置的一种结构示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图22为本申请实施例提供的另一通信装置的又一种结构示意图;FIG. 22 is another schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图23为本申请实施例提供的另一通信装置的再一种结构示意图。FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions and advantages of the embodiments of the present application more clear, the embodiments of the present application will be described in further detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、以及新无线(new radio,NR)通信系统等。当然,本申请实施例提供的技术方案也可以应用于机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)网络、物联网(internet of things,IoT)网络或者其他网络。也可以应用于设备间的链路,例如设备到设备(device to device,D2D)链路。D2D链路,也可以称为sidelink,其中侧行链路也可以称为边链路或副链路等。在本申请实施例中,上述的术语都是指相同类型的设备之间建立的链路,其含义相同。所谓相同类型的设备,可以是终端到终端之间的链路,也可以是基站到基站之间的链路,还可以是中继节点到中继节点之间的链路等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) systems, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) systems, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile Communication system (universal mobile telecommunication system, UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, and new wireless (new radio, NR) communication system, etc. Of course, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to a machine-to-machine (M2M) network, an internet of things (Internet of things, IoT) network, or other networks. It can also be applied to links between devices, such as device-to-device (D2D) links. A D2D link can also be called a sidelink, and a sidelink can also be called a side link or a secondary link. In the embodiments of the present application, the above terms all refer to links established between devices of the same type, and have the same meaning. The so-called equipment of the same type may be a link between terminals and terminals, a link between a base station and a base station, or a link between a relay node and a relay node, etc. This embodiment of the present application This is not limited.
请参考图1,为本申请实施例所应用的一种应用场景,或者说是本申请实施例应用的一种网络架构。在图1中包括网络设备和6个终端,应理解,图1中的终端的数量仅是举例,还可以更多或者更少,该网络架构还可以包括其他网络设备,如还可以包括无线中继设备和无线回传设备,在图1中未示出。网络设备是终端通过无线接入网络的接入设备,可以是基站。其中,网络设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备,例如在第四代移动通信技术(4th-generation,4G)系统中可以对应LTE中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B,eNB或e-NodeB),在5G NR系统中对应下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB);这6个终端可以是蜂窝电话、智能电话、便携式电脑、手持通信设备、手持计算设备、卫星无线电装置、全球定位系统、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)和/或用于在无线通信系统上通信的任意其它适合设备,且均可以与网络设备连接。Please refer to FIG. 1 , which is an application scenario applied by the embodiment of the present application, or a network architecture applied by the embodiment of the present application. FIG. 1 includes network devices and 6 terminals. It should be understood that the number of terminals in FIG. 1 is only an example, and may be more or less. The network architecture may also include other network devices, such as wireless The relay device and the wireless backhaul device are not shown in FIG. 1 . The network device is an access device through which the terminal accesses the network wirelessly, and may be a base station. Wherein, the network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems, for example, in the fourth-generation mobile communication technology (4th-generation, 4G) system, it can correspond to an evolved base station (evolutional Node B, eNB or e-NodeB) in LTE, In the 5G NR system, it corresponds to the next generation node B (gNB); these six terminals can be cellular phones, smart phones, portable computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, A personal digital assistant (PDA) and/or any other suitable device for communicating over a wireless communication system can be connected to the network device.
本申请实施例可以适用于上行信号传输,也可以适用于下行信号传输,还可以适用于D2D的信号传输。对于下行信号传输,发送设备是网络设备,对应的接收设备是终端;对于上行信号传输,发送设备是终端,对应的接收设备是网络设备;对于D2D的信号传输,发送设备是终端,接收设备也是终端。例如,如图1虚线区域示意的3个终端可以适用于D2D的信号传输,本申请实施例对信号传输的方向不作限制。The embodiments of the present application may be applicable to uplink signal transmission, may also be applicable to downlink signal transmission, and may also be applicable to D2D signal transmission. For downlink signal transmission, the sending device is a network device, and the corresponding receiving device is a terminal; for uplink signal transmission, the sending device is a terminal, and the corresponding receiving device is a network device; for D2D signal transmission, the sending device is a terminal, and the receiving device is also terminal. For example, the three terminals shown in the dotted line area in FIG. 1 may be suitable for D2D signal transmission, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the direction of signal transmission.
终端也称为终端设备,可以是能够接收网络设备调度和指示的无线终端设备,无线终端设备可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,或具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。无线终端设备可以经无线接入网(如,radio access network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网或者互联网进行通信,无线终端设备可以是移动终端设备,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话,手机(mobile phone))、计算机和数据卡,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、PDA、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑等设备。无线终端设备也可以称为系统、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终 端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、用户站(subscriber station,SS)、用户端设备(customer premises equipment,CPE)、终端(terminal)、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等。无线终端设备也可以是可穿戴设备以及下一代通信系统,例如,5G网络中的终端或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络中的终端,NR通信系统中的终端等。A terminal, also called a terminal device, can be a wireless terminal device that can receive scheduling and instructions from network devices. A wireless terminal device can be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, or a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or Other processing equipment connected to the wireless modem. A wireless end device may communicate with one or more core networks or the Internet via a radio access network (eg, radio access network, RAN), and the wireless end device may be a mobile end device, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) , mobile phone (mobile phone), computer and data card, for example, may be portable, pocket, hand-held, computer built-in or vehicle mounted mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with the radio access network. For example, personal communication service (PCS) telephones, cordless telephones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) telephones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, PDAs, tablet computers (Pads), wireless transceivers computer and other equipment. Wireless terminal equipment may also be referred to as a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station (MS), a remote station, an access point ( access point (AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), subscriber station (SS), user terminal equipment (customer premises equipment, CPE), terminal (terminal), user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc. The wireless terminal device can also be a wearable device and a next-generation communication system, for example, a terminal in a 5G network or a terminal in a future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) network, a terminal in an NR communication system, etc. .
网络设备是网络侧中一种用于发射或接收信号的实体,如新一代基站(generation Node B,gNodeB)。网络设备可以是用于与移动设备通信的设备。网络设备可以是无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)中的AP,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者中继站或接入点,或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络中的网络设备,或NR系统中的gNodeB/gNB等。下面以网络设备是gNB为例。A network device is an entity on the network side that transmits or receives signals, such as a new generation base station (generation Node B, gNodeB). A network device may be a device used to communicate with mobile devices. The network device may be an AP in wireless local area networks (WLAN), an evolved base station (evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in long term evolution (LTE), or a relay station or access point, or In-vehicle equipment, wearable equipment and network equipment in future 5G networks or network equipment in future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) networks, or gNodeB/gNB in NR systems, etc. In the following, the network device is a gNB as an example.
gNB可以包括天线,基带单元(base band unit,BBU)和射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)。其中,BBU可以通过公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)或增强的CPRI(enhance CPRI,eCPRI)等与RRU相连,RRU可以通过馈线与天线相连。该天线可以为无源天线,其与RRU是分离的,之间可以通过电缆连接。或者该天线可以为有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU),即AAU的天线单元和RRU是集成在一块的。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。The gNB may include an antenna, a base band unit (BBU) and a remote radio unit (RRU). The BBU may be connected to the RRU through a common public radio interface (CPRI) or enhanced CPRI (enhance CPRI, eCPRI), and the RRU may be connected to the antenna through a feeder. The antenna can be a passive antenna, which is separated from the RRU and can be connected through a cable. Or the antenna may be an active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU), that is, the antenna unit of the AAU and the RRU are integrated into one piece. AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能,例如,DU可用于实现射频信号的收发,射频信号与基带信号的转换,以及部分基带处理。CU可用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。在一些实施例中,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、介质接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU和AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, a gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU). The CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB. For example, the DU can be used to transmit and receive radio frequency signals, convert radio frequency signals to baseband signals, and perform part of baseband processing. The CU can be used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on. In some embodiments, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing functions of radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layers. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, medium access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, therefore, in this architecture, the higher-layer signaling, such as the RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU. , or, sent by DU and AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network devices in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network devices in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
DU可部署天线阵列,该天线阵列可包括一个或多个天线单元,每个天线单元可包括一个或多个振子,每个振子可以对应一个射频通道(radio frequency chain,RF chain),或者多个振子可以对应一个射频通道。如果该多个天线单元可以以阵列的形式组成天线系统,该天线系统可以称为天线阵列(antenna array),或者天线阵。The DU can deploy an antenna array, the antenna array can include one or more antenna units, each antenna unit can include one or more vibrators, and each vibrator can correspond to a radio frequency chain (RF chain), or multiple The vibrator can correspond to one RF channel. If the plurality of antenna elements can form an antenna system in the form of an array, the antenna system can be called an antenna array, or an antenna array.
示例性的,请参见图2,为双极化天线阵列的一种示意图。双极化天线阵列即天线振子在垂直方向和水平方向上均匀分布。图2所示的天线阵列为8×8的天线阵列,也就是该天线阵列包括8行以及8列天线单元。每个天线单元为交叉极化天线单元(也简称为双极化天线单元),以“×”示意。每个交叉极化天线单元对应两个极化方向,如图2所示,“╲” 表示第一极化方向,“╱”表示第二极化方向。例如第一极化方向可以是水平极化方向,第二极化方向可以是垂直极化方向;或者,第一极化方向可以是垂直极化方向,第二极化方向可以是水平极化方向;或者,第一极化方向可以是+45°极化方向,第二极化方向可以是-45°极化方向;或者,第一极化方向可以是-45°极化方向,第二极化方向可以是+45°极化方向。For example, please refer to FIG. 2 , which is a schematic diagram of a dual-polarized antenna array. A dual-polarized antenna array means that the antenna elements are evenly distributed in the vertical and horizontal directions. The antenna array shown in FIG. 2 is an 8×8 antenna array, that is, the antenna array includes 8 rows and 8 columns of antenna elements. Each antenna unit is a cross-polarized antenna unit (also referred to as a dual-polarized antenna unit for short), which is indicated by "x". Each cross-polarized antenna element corresponds to two polarization directions, as shown in Figure 2, "╲" represents the first polarization direction, and "/" represents the second polarization direction. For example, the first polarization direction may be the horizontal polarization direction, and the second polarization direction may be the vertical polarization direction; or, the first polarization direction may be the vertical polarization direction, and the second polarization direction may be the horizontal polarization direction ; Or, the first polarization direction may be the +45° polarization direction, and the second polarization direction may be the -45° polarization direction; or, the first polarization direction may be the -45° polarization direction, and the second polarization direction may be The polarization direction may be the +45° polarization direction.
可选地,每个天线单元可包括一个交叉极化天线。这种情况下,每个天线单元包括两个不同极化方向的振子,如上述第一极化方向的一个振子和第二极化方向的一个振子。每个振子可以由一个独立的射频通道驱动。一个射频通道对应一个天线端口,即每个振子可对应一个天线端口,即每个天线单元可以对应两个天线端口,该天线单元可以称为二端口天线单元。Alternatively, each antenna element may comprise a cross-polarized antenna. In this case, each antenna unit includes two dipoles with different polarization directions, such as one dipole in the first polarization direction and one dipole in the second polarization direction. Each oscillator can be driven by an independent RF channel. One radio frequency channel corresponds to one antenna port, that is, each vibrator may correspond to one antenna port, that is, each antenna unit may correspond to two antenna ports, and the antenna unit may be referred to as a two-port antenna unit.
可选地,每个天线单元包括多个交叉极化天线。这种情况下,每个天线单元可以包括两组不同极化方向的振子,如第一极化方向的一组振子和第二极化方向的一组振子。每组振子可以包括多个振子,该多个振子可以由一个独立的射频通道驱动。也就是,每组振子可对应一个天线端口,即每个天线单元也可以对应两个天线端口,该天线单元仍然为二端口天线单元。Optionally, each antenna element includes a plurality of cross-polarized antennas. In this case, each antenna unit may include two groups of elements with different polarization directions, such as a group of elements with a first polarization direction and a group of elements with a second polarization direction. Each group of vibrators may include a plurality of vibrators, and the plurality of vibrators may be driven by an independent radio frequency channel. That is, each group of vibrators may correspond to one antenna port, that is, each antenna unit may also correspond to two antenna ports, and the antenna unit is still a two-port antenna unit.
在可能的设计中,将由同一个独立的射频通道驱动的一组振子称为一个子阵。也就是说,每个子阵可对应于一个射频通道,也就是对应一个天线端口。应理解,每个天线单元可以由多个子阵组成。例如二端口天线单元由两个子阵组成。下文中为方便区分和说明,将与一个射频通道对应的一组振子称为一个子阵。In a possible design, a group of oscillators driven by the same independent RF channel is called a subarray. That is to say, each sub-array may correspond to one radio frequency channel, that is, one antenna port. It should be understood that each antenna unit may be composed of multiple sub-arrays. For example, a two-port antenna unit consists of two sub-arrays. Hereinafter, for the convenience of distinction and description, a group of vibrators corresponding to one radio frequency channel is referred to as a sub-array.
为便于理解,图3示出了交叉极化天线单元的一例。图3具体示出了交叉极化天线单元中的天线振子与射频通道(天线端口)的对应关系。如图所示,图3中的a)示出了两个不同极化方向的振子构成的一个天线单元。其中,第一极化方向的振子由射频通道1驱动,第二极化方向的振子由射频通道2驱动。图3中的b)示出了两组不同极化方向的振子构成的一个天线单元。其中,第一极化方向的四个振子均由射频通道1驱动,第二极化方向的四个振子均由射频通道2驱动。需要说明的是,图3中的b)仅以一个天线单元中包含同一极化方向的四个振子,即一个射频通道驱动四个振子为例。本申请实施例对射频通道驱动振子的数量不作限制。例如,每个射频通道可以驱动一个振子、两个振子、三个振子或者其他数量的振子。For ease of understanding, FIG. 3 shows an example of a cross-polarized antenna element. FIG. 3 specifically shows the correspondence between the antenna elements in the cross-polarized antenna unit and the radio frequency channel (antenna port). As shown in the figure, a) in FIG. 3 shows an antenna unit composed of two dipoles with different polarization directions. The vibrator in the first polarization direction is driven by the radio frequency channel 1 , and the vibrator in the second polarization direction is driven by the radio frequency channel 2 . b) in FIG. 3 shows an antenna unit composed of two groups of dipoles with different polarization directions. The four oscillators in the first polarization direction are all driven by the radio frequency channel 1 , and the four oscillators in the second polarization direction are all driven by the radio frequency channel 2 . It should be noted that b) in FIG. 3 only takes an example that one antenna unit includes four vibrators in the same polarization direction, that is, one radio frequency channel drives four vibrators. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of oscillators driven by the radio frequency channel. For example, each RF channel can drive one oscillator, two oscillators, three oscillators, or any other number of oscillators.
为了获得较大的系统吞吐,在进行天线设计时,需要使得天线阵列的极化自由度最大,天线阵列的空间分辨率达到最大。为此,在一种可能的设计中,相邻的两个天线单元的间距被设置为工作频点的半波长。这种设计下的天线阵列的空间分辨率表现优秀,并且旁瓣抑制能力较强。In order to obtain a larger system throughput, when designing an antenna, it is necessary to maximize the polarization degree of freedom of the antenna array and maximize the spatial resolution of the antenna array. For this reason, in a possible design, the distance between two adjacent antenna units is set to be the half wavelength of the working frequency. The antenna array under this design has excellent spatial resolution and strong sidelobe suppression.
以图2所示的双极化天线阵列为例。相邻的两个天线单元之间的间距为0.5个波长,图2所示的8×8的天线阵列中,天线单元间距共计约为3.5(0.5×7)个波长。考虑到天线阵列本身的面积,图2所示的天线阵列的宽度可设计为4个波长左右。但是在基站部署天线时,由于风阻等因素的影响,对天线阵列的面积具有一定的限制,尤其是天线阵列的宽度。就图2所示的天线阵列来说,在中心频点为1.8吉赫兹(GHz)的频段,对应的天线阵列的宽度约为667毫米(mm)。Take the dual-polarized antenna array shown in Figure 2 as an example. The distance between two adjacent antenna units is 0.5 wavelengths. In the 8×8 antenna array shown in FIG. 2 , the total distance between the antenna units is about 3.5 (0.5×7) wavelengths. Considering the area of the antenna array itself, the width of the antenna array shown in FIG. 2 can be designed to be about 4 wavelengths. However, when the base station deploys the antenna, due to the influence of factors such as wind resistance, the area of the antenna array is limited, especially the width of the antenna array. For the antenna array shown in FIG. 2, in the frequency band with the center frequency point of 1.8 gigahertz (GHz), the corresponding width of the antenna array is about 667 millimeters (mm).
但是随着MIMO技术的引入,天线单元数增多,天线阵列的维度增大,天线阵列的面积也随之增大,不利于天线阵列的部署。为了便于天线阵列的部署,通常来说,会限制天 线阵列的面积,例如对于支持频段为3G以下的产品(可简称为Sub3G产品),天线阵列的典型尺寸约束在水平500cm,垂直1000cm。However, with the introduction of MIMO technology, the number of antenna elements increases, the dimension of the antenna array increases, and the area of the antenna array also increases, which is not conducive to the deployment of the antenna array. In order to facilitate the deployment of the antenna array, generally speaking, the area of the antenna array is limited. For example, for products that support frequency bands below 3G (referred to as Sub3G products), the typical size of the antenna array is limited to 500cm horizontally and 1000cm vertically.
在满足面积需求的前提下,在一种可能设计中,未来设计的天线阵列多个天线单元之间的水平间隔和/或垂直间隔可能不是均匀的,或者多个天线单元是非规则分布的。在另一种可能的设计中,可通过增加天线端口数,获得较大的系统吞吐。如果通过增加天线端口数实现提高系统的吞吐量,那么未来设计的天线阵列可包括多种不同天线端口数的天线单元。为了便于描述,下文中将未来设计的天线阵列称为混合天线阵列。应理解,该混合天线阵列包括的天线单元的类型不同。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,天线单元的类型可以根据天线端口数进行划分,也可以根据天线单元间的间隔划分。On the premise of meeting the area requirement, in a possible design, the horizontal and/or vertical spacing between multiple antenna elements of an antenna array designed in the future may not be uniform, or the multiple antenna elements may be irregularly distributed. In another possible design, greater system throughput can be obtained by increasing the number of antenna ports. If the throughput of the system can be improved by increasing the number of antenna ports, the antenna arrays designed in the future may include multiple antenna elements with different numbers of antenna ports. For the convenience of description, the antenna arrays designed in the future are hereinafter referred to as hybrid antenna arrays. It should be understood that the types of antenna elements included in the hybrid antenna array are different. It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, the types of antenna units may be divided according to the number of antenna ports, or may be divided according to the interval between antenna units.
示例性的,某个天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元。如果至少一行天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同,那么该天线阵列为混合天线阵列。如果至少一列天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同,那么该天线阵列为混合天线阵列。换句话说,根据天线单元的间隔均匀或者非均匀可将天线阵列划分为至少两类。例如,如果天线阵列包括的天线单元的间隔均匀,那么该天线阵列为第一类型的天线阵列;如果天线阵列包括的天线单元的间隔不均匀,那么该天线阵列为第二类型的天线阵列。或者,天线阵列包括的天线单元按照某种规则排布,那么该天线阵列为第一类型的天线阵列;相对来说,某个天线阵列包括的天线单元不是按照一定的规则排布,那么该天线阵列为第二类型的天线阵列。示例性的,某个天线阵列包括的天线单元之间的间隔不均匀,但是该天线阵列包括的天线单元关于某直线对称分布,那么该天线阵列为第一类型的天线阵列;相对来说,某个天线阵列包括的天线单元之间的间隔不均匀,且天线单元分布不规则,那么该天线阵列为第二类型的天线阵列。应理解,混合天线阵列可包括不规则分布的天线单元。Exemplarily, a certain antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one column of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction. If the spacing between two antenna elements in at least one row is different or partially the same, then the antenna array is a hybrid antenna array. If the spacing between two antenna elements in at least one column of antenna elements is different or partially the same, then the antenna array is a hybrid antenna array. In other words, the antenna array can be divided into at least two types according to whether the spacing of the antenna elements is uniform or non-uniform. For example, if the antenna elements included in the antenna array are evenly spaced, the antenna array is the first type of antenna array; if the antenna elements included in the antenna array are unevenly spaced, the antenna array is the second type of antenna array. Or, if the antenna elements included in the antenna array are arranged according to certain rules, then the antenna array is the first type of antenna array; relatively speaking, if the antenna elements included in an antenna array are not arranged according to certain rules, then the antenna array is the first type of antenna array. The array is a second type of antenna array. Exemplarily, the interval between the antenna elements included in an antenna array is not uniform, but the antenna elements included in the antenna array are symmetrically distributed about a certain line, then the antenna array is the first type of antenna array; The interval between the antenna elements included in each antenna array is not uniform, and the distribution of the antenna elements is irregular, then the antenna array is the second type of antenna array. It should be understood that a hybrid antenna array may include irregularly distributed antenna elements.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,两两天线单元之间的间隔包括水平间隔和/或垂直间隔。该水平间隔可以是两两天线单元中同一极化方向上的两个天线振子之间的水平间隔。该水平间隔也可以是射频通道的水平等效距离,也就是两两天线单元中同一极化方向上的两组天线振子之间的水平等效间隔。同理,垂直间隔可以是两两天线单元中同一极化方向上的两个天线振子之间的垂直间隔。该垂直间隔也可以是射频通道的垂直等效距离,也就是两两天线单元中同一极化方向上的两组天线振子之间的垂直等效间隔。It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, the interval between two antenna units includes a horizontal interval and/or a vertical interval. The horizontal interval may be the horizontal interval between two antenna elements in the same polarization direction in each pair of antenna units. The horizontal interval may also be the horizontal equivalent distance of the radio frequency channel, that is, the horizontal equivalent interval between the two groups of antenna elements in the same polarization direction in the two antenna units. Similarly, the vertical interval may be the vertical interval between two antenna elements in the same polarization direction in the two antenna units. The vertical interval may also be the vertical equivalent distance of the radio frequency channel, that is, the vertical equivalent interval between the two groups of antenna elements in the same polarization direction in the two antenna units.
天线阵列中多个天线单元之间的水平间隔可以是相邻的两个天线振子之间的水平间隔。或者,天线阵列中多个天线单元之间的水平间隔也可以是射频通道的水平等效距离,也就是相邻的两组天线振子之间的水平间隔。同理,天线阵列中多个天线单元之间的垂直间隔可以是相邻的两个天线振子之间的垂直间隔。或者,天线阵列中多个天线单元之间的垂直间隔也可以是射频通道的垂直等效距离,也就是相邻的两组天线振子之间的垂直间隔。The horizontal interval between the plurality of antenna elements in the antenna array may be the horizontal interval between two adjacent antenna elements. Alternatively, the horizontal interval between the multiple antenna elements in the antenna array may also be the horizontal equivalent distance of the radio frequency channel, that is, the horizontal interval between adjacent two groups of antenna elements. Similarly, the vertical interval between multiple antenna elements in the antenna array may be the vertical interval between two adjacent antenna elements. Alternatively, the vertical interval between the multiple antenna elements in the antenna array may also be the vertical equivalent distance of the radio frequency channel, that is, the vertical interval between the adjacent two groups of antenna elements.
示例性的,某个天线阵列包括至少一个第一天线单元和至少一个第二天线单元,如果第一天线单元和第二天线单元的端口数不同,那么该天线阵列为混合天线阵列。例如第一天线单元为二端口天线单元,第二天线单元为四端口天线单元。又例如,第一天线单元为四端口天线单元,第二天线单元为八端口天线单元。Exemplarily, an antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit. If the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different, the antenna array is a hybrid antenna array. For example, the first antenna unit is a two-port antenna unit, and the second antenna unit is a four-port antenna unit. For another example, the first antenna unit is a four-port antenna unit, and the second antenna unit is an eight-port antenna unit.
应理解,假设某个混合天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,该混合天线阵列中的天线单元包括至少一个第一天线单元和至少一个第二天线单元,那么混合天线阵列可满足如下的一种或多种条件:It should be understood that, assuming that a certain hybrid antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in the horizontal direction and at least one column of antenna elements arranged in the vertical direction, the antenna elements in the hybrid antenna array include at least one first antenna element and at least one antenna element. The second antenna element, then the hybrid antenna array can satisfy one or more of the following conditions:
条件一,该混合天线阵列包括至少两种不同端口数的天线单元; Condition 1, the hybrid antenna array includes at least two antenna elements with different port numbers;
条件二,该混合天线阵列包括的至少一行天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同; Condition 2, the interval between two antenna elements in at least one row of antenna elements included in the hybrid antenna array is different or partially the same;
条件三,该混合天线阵列包括的至少一列天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同; Condition 3, the interval between two antenna elements in at least one column of antenna elements included in the hybrid antenna array is different or partially the same;
条件四,该混合天线阵列包括的多个天线单元排布不规则。 Condition 4, the multiple antenna elements included in the hybrid antenna array are arranged irregularly.
为了便于理解,请参见图4,为一种混合天线阵列的结构示意图。为了便于理解和说明,每个天线单元通过一个图形来表示,如“×”或“●”,不同的图形表示不同的天线单元。例如,“×”表示二端口天线单元,“●”表示四端口天线单元。示例性的,四端口天线单元可包括四臂螺旋天线(quadrifilar helix antenna,QHA)、四臂方形天线(quadrifilar square antenna,QSA)。QHA包含4个天线振子,每个天线振子为螺旋天线,一个天线振子对应一个天线端口。QSA包含4个天线振子,每个天线振子为方形天线,一个天线振子对应一个天线端口。需要说明的是,“×”和“●”对各天线单元所包含的天线振子的数量和端口数不构成限制。For easy understanding, please refer to FIG. 4 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a hybrid antenna array. For ease of understanding and description, each antenna element is represented by a graph, such as "x" or "●", and different graphs represent different antenna elements. For example, "×" indicates a two-port antenna element, and "•" indicates a four-port antenna element. Exemplarily, the four-port antenna unit may include a quadrifilar helix antenna (QHA), a quadrifilar square antenna (QSA). QHA includes 4 antenna elements, each antenna element is a helical antenna, and one antenna element corresponds to one antenna port. The QSA includes 4 antenna elements, each antenna element is a square antenna, and one antenna element corresponds to one antenna port. It should be noted that "×" and "●" do not limit the number of antenna elements and the number of ports included in each antenna unit.
图4所示的混合天线阵列为16行12列的天线阵列,该混合天线阵列包括两种类型的天线阵列。例如该混合天线阵列可能包括交叉极化天线(cross polarization antenna,XPO)和QHA,或者包括XPO和QSA等。应理解,图4只是以混合天线阵列包括两种类型的天线单元为例,本申请实施例对混合天线阵列包括的天线单元类型的种类不作限制。例如混合天线阵列可包括至少三种类型的天线单元。The hybrid antenna array shown in FIG. 4 is an antenna array with 16 rows and 12 columns, and the hybrid antenna array includes two types of antenna arrays. For example, the hybrid antenna array may include cross polarization antenna (XPO) and QHA, or include XPO and QSA, and so on. It should be understood that FIG. 4 only takes the hybrid antenna array including two types of antenna elements as an example, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit the types of antenna elements included in the hybrid antenna array. For example, a hybrid antenna array may include at least three types of antenna elements.
需要说明的是,图4所示的混合天线阵列中的天线单元可以为由一个射频通道单独驱动的一个振子,也可以是由一个射频通道驱动的一个子阵。振子与射频通道的对应关系可以参看上文结合图3的a)和b)对交叉极化天线单元做出的相关描述。若二端口天线单元中的每个振子由一个独立的射频通道驱动,该天线单元中每个振子与射频通道的对应关系可以参照图3中的a),若二端口天线单元中的多个振子由一个射频通道驱动,该天线单元中每个振子与射频通道的对应关系可以参照图3中的b)。It should be noted that, the antenna unit in the hybrid antenna array shown in FIG. 4 may be a vibrator driven by a radio frequency channel alone, or may be a sub-array driven by a radio frequency channel. For the corresponding relationship between the vibrator and the radio frequency channel, reference may be made to the relevant description of the cross-polarized antenna unit above in conjunction with a) and b) of FIG. 3 . If each vibrator in the two-port antenna unit is driven by an independent radio frequency channel, the corresponding relationship between each vibrator in the antenna unit and the radio frequency channel can refer to a) in Figure 3. If multiple vibrators in the two-port antenna unit Driven by a radio frequency channel, the corresponding relationship between each vibrator in the antenna unit and the radio frequency channel can refer to b) in FIG. 3 .
图5示出了四端口天线单元的一例。图5具体示出了四端口天线单元中的振子与射频通道的对应关系。若四端口天线单元中的每个振子由一个独立的射频通道驱动,可以参考图5中的a)。可以看到,该四端口天线单元可以包括四个振子,每个振子由一个独立的射频通道驱动。每个振子可以提供一个端口。若四端口天线单元中的多个振子由一个射频通道驱动,该天线单元中每个振子与射频通道的对应关系可以参照图5中的b)。可以看到,该四端口天线单元可以包括四个子阵,每个子阵可以包括四个振子,每个子阵可以由一个射频通道驱动。每个子阵可以提供一个端口。FIG. 5 shows an example of a four-port antenna unit. FIG. 5 specifically shows the correspondence between the dipoles and the radio frequency channels in the four-port antenna unit. If each element in the four-port antenna unit is driven by an independent RF channel, please refer to a) in Figure 5. It can be seen that the four-port antenna unit may include four elements, each driven by an independent radio frequency channel. Each vibrator can provide one port. If multiple elements in the four-port antenna unit are driven by one radio frequency channel, the corresponding relationship between each element in the antenna unit and the radio frequency channel may refer to b) in FIG. 5 . It can be seen that the four-port antenna unit may include four sub-arrays, each sub-array may include four dipoles, and each sub-array may be driven by one radio frequency channel. Each subarray can provide one port.
应理解,图5所示仅为示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。每个射频通道还可以与两个、三个或者其他数量的振子对应。本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that what is shown in FIG. 5 is only an example, and should not constitute any limitation to the present application. Each radio frequency channel may also correspond to two, three or other numbers of oscillators. This application does not limit this.
虽然引入MIMO技术,可以提升系统的吞吐量。但是这也取决于基站获取下行信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)的准确程度。CSI可以认为是由接收端(如终端)向发送端(如网络设备)上报的用于描述通信链路的信道属性的信息。CSI可包括预编码矩阵指示(precoding matrix indicator,PMI)、秩指示(rank indication,RI)、CSI-RS资源指示(CSI-RS resource indicator,CRI)以及层指示(layer indicator,LI)等中的至少一项。应理解,以上列举的CSI的具体内容仅为示例性说明,不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。CSI可以包括上述所列举的一项或多项内容,也可以包括除上述列举之外的其他用于表征 CSI的信息,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Although the introduction of MIMO technology can improve the throughput of the system. However, this also depends on the accuracy of the base station's acquisition of downlink channel state information (channel state information, CSI). The CSI can be considered as information that is reported by a receiving end (such as a terminal) to a transmitting end (such as a network device) and is used to describe the channel attributes of the communication link. CSI may include a precoding matrix indicator (PMI), a rank indicator (RI), a CSI-RS resource indicator (CRI), and a layer indicator (LI), among others. at least one. It should be understood that the specific contents of the CSI enumerated above are only exemplary descriptions, and should not constitute any limitation to the embodiments of the present application. The CSI may include one or more of the contents listed above, and may also include other information used to characterize the CSI in addition to the above listed, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
对于有的系统,例如时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统,由于上行信道和下行信道具有严格的互易性,所以基站可以利用上行信道状态信息来获取下行信道状态信息。但是对于有的系统,例如频分双工(frequency division duplexing,FDD)系统,上下行采用不同的频段,上下行信道(即上行信道和下行信道)不具有完整的互易性,无法利用上行信道状态信息来获得下行信道状态信息,也就无法获得下行的预编码矩阵,也就是终端传输数据的预编码。在一些实施例中,基站可通过终端反馈预编码矩阵或PMI的方式获取下行最优的预编码矩阵。For some systems, such as a time division duplex (TDD) system, since the uplink channel and the downlink channel have strict reciprocity, the base station can use the uplink channel state information to obtain the downlink channel state information. However, for some systems, such as frequency division duplexing (FDD) systems, the uplink and downlink use different frequency bands, and the uplink and downlink channels (ie, the uplink channel and the downlink channel) do not have complete reciprocity, and the uplink channel cannot be used. The state information is used to obtain the downlink channel state information, and the downlink precoding matrix cannot be obtained, that is, the precoding of the data transmitted by the terminal. In some embodiments, the base station may obtain the optimal downlink precoding matrix by means of the terminal feeding back the precoding matrix or PMI.
如图6所示,为基站和终端进行CSI测量的基本流程图。基站先向终端发送用于信道测量的配置的信令,通知终端进行信道测量,其中该信令指示终端要进行信道测量的时间,之后基站向终端发送导频(导频的概念包括参考信号)用于信道测量;终端根据基站发送的导频进行测量,进行计算得到最终的CSI;基站再根据终端反馈的CSI进行数据发送。例如基站根据终端反馈的CSI包括的RI确定给终端传输数据的流数;基站根据终端反馈的CSI包括的CQI确定给终端传输数据的调制阶数,及信道编码的码率;基站根据终端反馈的CSI包括的PMI确定给终端传输数据的预编码。As shown in FIG. 6 , the basic flow chart of CSI measurement for the base station and the terminal is shown. The base station first sends a signaling for the configuration of channel measurement to the terminal, informing the terminal to perform channel measurement, wherein the signaling indicates the time when the terminal is to perform channel measurement, and then the base station sends a pilot to the terminal (the concept of pilot includes a reference signal) It is used for channel measurement; the terminal measures according to the pilot frequency sent by the base station, and calculates to obtain the final CSI; the base station then sends data according to the CSI fed back by the terminal. For example, the base station determines the number of streams to transmit data to the terminal according to the RI included in the CSI fed back by the terminal; The PMI included in the CSI determines the precoding of data transmitted to the terminal.
终端可基于码本和选择的天线端口反馈预编码矩阵,码本通过对多个正交波束的线性合并,具有显著的性能优势。在一些实施例中,提出了针对传统双极化天线阵列的码本。示例性的,在NR Release15定义的码本类型,包括Type I码本和Type II码本。应理解,Type I码本和Type II码本所用的基底来自于离散傅里叶变换(discrete fourier transform,DFT)基底。Type I码本可基于一个DFT波束表征信道方向,Type II码本可基于多个DFT波束进行加权叠加来表征信道方向。需要说明的是,传统双极化天线阵列包括的天线单元的水平间距约为0.5波长,天线单元的垂直间距约为0.8波长,天线单元在垂直和水平方向是均匀分布的。The terminal can feed back the precoding matrix based on the codebook and the selected antenna port. The codebook has significant performance advantages by linearly combining multiple orthogonal beams. In some embodiments, a codebook for conventional dual polarized antenna arrays is proposed. Exemplarily, the codebook types defined in NR Release15 include Type I codebook and Type II codebook. It should be understood that the basis used by the Type I codebook and the Type II codebook comes from a discrete Fourier transform (discrete fourier transform, DFT) basis. The Type I codebook can characterize the channel direction based on one DFT beam, and the Type II codebook can characterize the channel direction based on weighted superposition of multiple DFT beams. It should be noted that the horizontal spacing of the antenna elements included in the conventional dual-polarized antenna array is about 0.5 wavelength, the vertical spacing of the antenna elements is about 0.8 wavelength, and the antenna elements are uniformly distributed in the vertical and horizontal directions.
天线端口可以理解为被接收设备所识别的发射天线,或者在空间上可以区分的发射天线,应理解,这里的发射天线可以是发送设备设置的至少一个天线中的部分天线或全部天线。多个发射天线的加权组合可以看作是一个虚拟天线(一个射频通道),针对每个虚拟天线可以预配置一个天线端口,也就是一个射频通道对应一个天线端口。每个天线端口可以与一个参考信号对应,例如,参考信号为信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)或者参考信号为探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系的指示方式,同样适用于指示天线端口与SRS端口的对应关系。An antenna port can be understood as a transmit antenna identified by the receiving device, or a transmit antenna that can be distinguished in space. It should be understood that the transmit antenna here can be a part of or all of the at least one antenna set by the transmitting device. The weighted combination of multiple transmit antennas may be regarded as a virtual antenna (one radio frequency channel), and one antenna port may be pre-configured for each virtual antenna, that is, one radio frequency channel corresponds to one antenna port. Each antenna port may correspond to one reference signal, for example, the reference signal is a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) or the reference signal is a sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS). It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, the manner of indicating the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports is also applicable to indicating the correspondence between the antenna ports and the SRS ports.
应理解,指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,可以包括指示天线端口的顺序,从而相当于指示了对应的CSI-RS端口,或者说指示了天线端口进行CSI-RS端口映射的顺序,即相当于按照指示的天线端口的顺序进行CSI-RS端口的映射。It should be understood that indicating the corresponding relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port may include the order of indicating the antenna port, which is equivalent to indicating the corresponding CSI-RS port, or indicating the order in which the antenna port performs CSI-RS port mapping, That is, it is equivalent to perform CSI-RS port mapping in the order of the indicated antenna ports.
在一些实施例中,规定了基站的天线端口和CSI-RS端口的对应关系。该对应关系也可以称为基站的天线射频通道和CSI-RS端口的对应关系。示例性的,按照先列后行再极化的顺序为天线端口进行编号。请参见图7,为传统的双极化天线阵列的天线端口和CSI-RS端口的对应关系的示意图。在图7中,天线端口和CSI-RS端口按照先列(图7中①所示方向)、后行(图7中②所示方向),再极化(图7中③所示方向)的顺序编号,且按照先第一极化方向,后第二极化方向编号。从1开始编号,端口顺序如图7所示,从编号1到 编号16。In some embodiments, the correspondence between the antenna ports of the base station and the CSI-RS ports is specified. The corresponding relationship may also be referred to as the corresponding relationship between the antenna radio frequency channel of the base station and the CSI-RS port. Exemplarily, the antenna ports are numbered in the order of column first and then row repolarization. Please refer to FIG. 7 , which is a schematic diagram of the correspondence between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports of a conventional dual-polarized antenna array. In FIG. 7 , the antenna ports and CSI-RS ports are arranged in the first row (direction indicated by ① in FIG. 7 ), the rear row (direction indicated by ② in FIG. 7 ), and then polarized (direction indicated by ③ in FIG. 7 ). They are numbered sequentially, and are numbered according to the first polarization direction and then the second polarization direction. Numbering starts from 1, and the port order is shown in Figure 7, from number 1 to number 16.
应理解,这里的行和列可以理解为是多个天线单元沿直线排布而构成的看起来像是一条直线的行或列。下文中为了描述,引入了“左”、“右”、“上”、“下”等用于描述方位的术语。在描述列时,可以通过“左”、“右”来限定位置关系,在描述行时,可以通过“上”、“下”来限定位置关系。下文在描述时,为便于区分,可能通过第一列、第二列、第一行、第二行等术语来描述不同的行或列。在未作出特别说明的情况下,列的序号可以按照从左往右的方向来确定,行的序号可以按照从上往下的序号来确定。例如,第一列可以是指最左边的一列,第一行可以是指最上面的一行。It should be understood that the row and column here can be understood as a row or column that looks like a straight line and is formed by a plurality of antenna elements arranged in a straight line. Hereinafter, terms such as "left," "right," "upper," "lower," and the like are introduced to describe orientation for the sake of description. When describing a column, the positional relationship can be defined by "left" and "right", and when describing a row, the positional relationship can be defined by "up" and "down". In the description below, for the convenience of distinction, different rows or columns may be described by terms such as first column, second column, first row, and second row. Unless otherwise specified, the sequence number of the column can be determined in the direction from left to right, and the sequence number of the row can be determined in accordance with the sequence number from the top to the bottom. For example, the first column may refer to the leftmost column and the first row may refer to the topmost row.
应理解,这些术语只是在结合附图描述时为方便理解而引入,不应对本申请构成任何限定。“左”、“右”、“上”、“下”都是相对于方位确定的天线阵列而言的。可以理解,在实际使用过程中,天线阵列可以被部署在天线面板上,天线面板可以被安装到支架上。在安装过程中,天线面板可能发生倾斜、翻转或旋转等,天线阵列的方位可能变化,但这并不会对天线阵列中各天线单元之间的相对位置关系造成影响。其中,“左”与“右”相对,对应于列;“上”与“下”相对,对应于行。比如将天线阵列以中心为轴旋转90°,“左”与“右”可以被调换为“上”与“下”,“列”可以被调换为“行”;“上”与“下”可以被调换为“左”与“右”,“行”可以被调换为“列”。又比如,将天线阵列以中心为轴旋转180°时,“左”与“右”可以对调,“上”与“下”可以对调。It should be understood that these terms are only introduced for the convenience of understanding when describing in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, and should not constitute any limitation to the present application. "Left", "Right", "Up", and "Down" are all relative to the azimuth-determined antenna array. It can be understood that, in actual use, the antenna array can be deployed on the antenna panel, and the antenna panel can be mounted on the bracket. During the installation process, the antenna panel may be tilted, flipped or rotated, and the orientation of the antenna array may change, but this will not affect the relative positional relationship between the antenna elements in the antenna array. Among them, "left" is opposite to "right" and corresponds to a column; "up" is opposite to "bottom" and corresponds to a row. For example, if the antenna array is rotated 90° around the center axis, "left" and "right" can be exchanged for "up" and "down", "column" can be exchanged for "row"; "up" and "down" can be exchanged are swapped for "left" and "right", and "row" can be swapped for "column". For another example, when the antenna array is rotated 180° around the center axis, "left" and "right" can be reversed, and "up" and "down" can be reversed.
如图7所示,对于传统的双极化天线阵列来说,按照先列后行再极化的顺序为天线端口编号可指定端口顺序。且针对传统的双极化天线阵列,存在与之匹配的Type I码本或Type II码本(为了便于描述,下文中统称为第一码本)。应理解,第一码本的设计可保证系统性能。因此,终端根据端口顺序以及第一码本向基站反馈预编码矩阵,可保证系统性能。As shown in FIG. 7 , for a conventional dual-polarized antenna array, the port sequence can be specified for the antenna port numbers in the order of column first, then row and then re-polarization. And for the traditional dual-polarized antenna array, there is a Type I codebook or a Type II codebook (for convenience of description, hereinafter collectively referred to as the first codebook). It should be understood that the design of the first codebook can guarantee system performance. Therefore, the terminal feeds back the precoding matrix to the base station according to the port sequence and the first codebook, which can ensure system performance.
然而未来天线阵列可能为混合天线阵列,例如,如图4所示的混合天线阵列,又例如非均匀水平间隔或非均匀垂直间隔的多个天线单元组成的天线阵列,即未来天线阵列在水平方向或垂直方向上不止一种间隔。第一码本可能不适用于混合天线阵列,即不存在与混合天线阵列匹配的码本,这就需要重新设计与混合天线阵列匹配的码本。不同的混合天线阵列对应的码本也可能不同,如果终端随机选择码本向基站反馈CSI,可能无法保证较好的系统性能。或者,即使多种混合天线阵列共用同一码本,但是用先列后行再极化的顺序对天线端口进行编号,可能存在多种端口顺序。不同的端口顺序对应的系统性能也有所不同。如果终端从多种端口顺序中任意选择其中的一种端口顺序,所选择的端口顺序对应的系统性能可能较差。也就是终端根据所选择的端口顺序上报CSI的系统性能较差。However, the future antenna array may be a hybrid antenna array, such as the hybrid antenna array shown in Figure 4, or an antenna array composed of multiple antenna elements with non-uniform horizontal spacing or non-uniform vertical spacing, that is, the future antenna array is in the horizontal direction. Or more than one spacing in the vertical direction. The first codebook may not be suitable for the hybrid antenna array, that is, there is no codebook matching the hybrid antenna array, which requires redesigning the codebook matching the hybrid antenna array. The codebooks corresponding to different hybrid antenna arrays may also be different. If the terminal randomly selects the codebook to feed back CSI to the base station, better system performance may not be guaranteed. Alternatively, even if multiple hybrid antenna arrays share the same codebook, the antenna ports are numbered in the order of column first, then row and then repolarization, and there may be multiple port orders. The system performance corresponding to different port sequences is also different. If the terminal arbitrarily selects one of the port sequences from multiple port sequences, the system performance corresponding to the selected port sequence may be poor. That is, the system performance of the terminal reporting CSI according to the selected port sequence is poor.
举例来说,请参见图8,为包括二端口天线单元和四端口天线单元的天线阵列可能存在的4种端口顺序。图8中虚线示意四端口天线单元,这4种端口顺序分别为端口顺序1、端口顺序2、端口顺序3和端口顺序4。图8所示以一行为例,按照先列后行再极化的顺序对天线端口进行编号。应理解,如果将四端口天线看成一行两列,那么可得到端口顺序1或者端口顺序2。由于四端口天线看成一行,所以在第二极化方向上的编号可以从如端口顺序1中的9开始编号,也可以从如端口顺序2中的9开始编号。如果将四端口天线看成一行一列,那么可得到端口顺序3或者端口顺序4。同理,由于四端口天线看成一行,所以在第二极化方向上的编号可以从如端口顺序3中的9开始编号,也可以从如端口顺序4中的9开始编号。而四端口天线看成一列,所以编号2从与四端口天线相邻的二端口天 线开始编号。应理解,图8只是示意了4中可能的端口顺序,实际上存在不止这4种端口顺序。For example, referring to FIG. 8, there are 4 possible port orders for an antenna array including a two-port antenna element and a four-port antenna element. The dotted line in FIG. 8 shows a four-port antenna unit, and the four port sequences are port sequence 1, port sequence 2, port sequence 3, and port sequence 4, respectively. As shown in FIG. 8, a row is taken as an example, and the antenna ports are numbered in the order of column first, then row and then repolarization. It should be understood that if the four-port antenna is regarded as one row and two columns, then port order 1 or port order 2 can be obtained. Since the four-port antenna is regarded as a line, the numbering in the second polarization direction can be numbered from 9 in port sequence 1, or can be numbered from 9 in port sequence 2. If the four-port antenna is regarded as a row and a column, then the port order 3 or the port order 4 can be obtained. Similarly, since the four-port antenna is regarded as a line, the numbering in the second polarization direction can be numbered from 9 in port sequence 3, or can be numbered from 9 in port sequence 4. The four-port antenna is regarded as a column, so the number 2 starts from the two-port antenna adjacent to the four-port antenna. It should be understood that FIG. 8 only illustrates the possible port sequences in 4, and there are actually more than these 4 port sequences.
就第一码本而言,这4种端口顺序中的例如端口顺序3,相较于其余3种端口顺序来说,系统性能较好。但是终端向基站反馈CSI,可能选择的是端口顺序2,即终端根据端口顺序2以及第一码本上报CSI,这种情况下,系统性能并不是最优的。As far as the first codebook is concerned, among the four port sequences, for example, port sequence 3 has better system performance than the other three port sequences. However, when the terminal feeds back CSI to the base station, the port sequence 2 may be selected, that is, the terminal reports the CSI according to the port sequence 2 and the first codebook. In this case, the system performance is not optimal.
鉴于此,本申请提出一种CSI的反馈方法,在该方法可适用于包括混合天线阵列的通信系统。针对各种混合天线阵列,网络侧设备可指示与每种混合天线阵列对应的天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,即指定天线端口顺序。由于基站指示的天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系与基站的混合天线阵列对应,所以可以认为,终端基于该天线端口顺序向网络侧设备反馈CSI,可保证较优的系统性能。且,网络侧设备可针对各种天线阵列为终端指示对应的天线端口顺序,能够兼容各种类型的天线阵列,这样有利于码本的设计,适用范围更广。In view of this, the present application proposes a CSI feedback method, which can be applied to a communication system including a hybrid antenna array. For various hybrid antenna arrays, the network-side device may indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports corresponding to each hybrid antenna array and the CSI-RS ports, that is, specify the order of the antenna ports. Since the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port indicated by the base station corresponds to the hybrid antenna array of the base station, it can be considered that the terminal sequentially feeds back CSI to the network side device based on the antenna port, which can ensure better system performance. In addition, the network-side device can indicate the corresponding antenna port sequence for the terminal for various antenna arrays, and can be compatible with various types of antenna arrays, which is beneficial to the design of the codebook and has a wider application range.
应理解,本申请实施例旨在提供一种天线端口指示方法,以兼容各种类型的天线阵列的码本。应理解,第一码本与传统的双极化天线阵列匹配,如果将其他类型的天线阵列等效为传统的双极化天线阵列,那么可以继续沿用第一码本。这样就不需要重新设计第一码本,有利于兼容现有的码本。因此,在本申请实施例中,可以将各个类型的天线单元等效为不同数目的传统双极化天线阵列,使得第一码本与各种类型的天线阵列匹配。而针对该第一码本,基站可根据天线单元的类型为终端指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,终端根据该对应关系以及第一码本向基站反馈CSI,可保证较好的系统性能。It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application aim to provide an antenna port indication method to be compatible with codebooks of various types of antenna arrays. It should be understood that the first codebook is matched with a conventional dual-polarized antenna array, and if other types of antenna arrays are equivalent to conventional dual-polarized antenna arrays, the first codebook can continue to be used. In this way, there is no need to redesign the first codebook, which is favorable for compatibility with the existing codebook. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, each type of antenna element can be equivalent to a different number of conventional dual-polarized antenna arrays, so that the first codebook is matched with various types of antenna arrays. For the first codebook, the base station can indicate the corresponding relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port to the terminal according to the type of the antenna unit, and the terminal feeds back CSI to the base station according to the corresponding relationship and the first codebook, which can ensure a better system. performance.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,“用于指示”可以包括用于直接指示和用于间接指示。例如,当描述某一指示信息用于指示信息I时,可以包括该指示信息直接指示I或间接指示I,而并不代表该指示信息中一定携带有I。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, "used for indicating" may include direct indicating and indirect indicating. For example, when describing a certain indication information for indicating information I, the indication information may directly indicate I or indirectly indicate I, but it does not mean that the indication information must carry I.
将指示信息所指示的信息称为待指示信息,则具体实现过程中,对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接指示待指示信息,如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息,其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分,而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如,还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示,从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。同时,还可以识别各个信息的通用部分并统一指示,以降低单独指示同样的信息而带来的指示开销。The information indicated by the indication information is called the information to be indicated. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated. For example, but not limited to, the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the information to be indicated. Indicating the index of information, etc. The information to be indicated may also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, the indication of specific information can also be implemented by means of a pre-agreed (for example, a protocol stipulated) arrangement order of various information, so as to reduce the indication overhead to a certain extent. At the same time, the common part of each piece of information can also be identified and indicated uniformly, so as to reduce the indication overhead caused by indicating the same information separately.
此外,具体的指示方式还可以是现有各种指示方式,例如但不限于,上述指示方式及其各种组合等。各种指示方式的具体细节可以参考现有技术,本文不再赘述。由上文所述可知,举例来说,当需要指示相同类型的多个信息时,可能会出现不同信息的指示方式不相同的情形。具体实现过程中,可以根据具体的需要选择所需的指示方式,本申请实施例对选择的指示方式不做限定,如此一来,本申请实施例涉及的指示方式应理解为涵盖可以使得待指示方获知待指示信息的各种方法。In addition, the specific indication manner may also be various existing indication manners, such as, but not limited to, the above indication manner and various combinations thereof. For the specific details of the various indication modes, reference may be made to the prior art, and details are not described herein again. It can be seen from the above that, for example, when multiple pieces of information of the same type need to be indicated, different information may be indicated in different manners. In the specific implementation process, the required indication mode can be selected according to specific needs. The selected indication mode is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. In this way, the indication mode involved in the embodiment of the present application should be understood as covering the ability to make the indication to be indicated. Various methods for the party to learn the information to be indicated.
此外,待指示信息可能存在其他等价形式,本申请实施例提供的技术方案应理解为涵盖各种形式。举例来说,本申请实施例涉及的部分或者全部特性,应理解为涵盖该特性的各种表现形式。In addition, the information to be indicated may exist in other equivalent forms, and the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application should be understood to cover various forms. For example, some or all of the features involved in the embodiments of the present application should be understood to cover various manifestations of the feature.
待指示信息可以作为一个整体一起发送,也可以分成多个子信息分开发送,而且这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以相同,也可以不同。具体发送方法本申请不进行限定。 其中,这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以是预先定义的,例如根据协议预先定义的,也可以是发射端设备通过向接收端设备发送配置信息来配置的。其中,该配置信息可以例如但不限于包括无线资源控制信令,例如RRC信令、MAC层信令,例如MAC-CE信令和物理层信令,例如下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中的一种或者至少两种的组合。The information to be indicated may be sent together as a whole, or may be divided into multiple sub-information and sent separately, and the transmission periods and/or transmission timings of these sub-information may be the same or different. The specific sending method is not limited in this application. The sending period and/or sending timing of these sub-information may be predefined, for example, predefined according to a protocol, or configured by the transmitting end device by sending configuration information to the receiving end device. The configuration information may include, for example, but not limited to, radio resource control signaling, such as RRC signaling, MAC layer signaling, such as MAC-CE signaling, and physical layer signaling, such as downlink control information (DCI) one or a combination of at least two.
下面结合附图介绍混合天线阵列等效成传统双极化天线阵列的方法。为了便于理解,在介绍混合天线阵列等效成传统双极化天线阵列之前,以四端口天线等效为双极化天线为例,先介绍混合天线阵列等效成传统双极化天线阵列的原理。The following describes a method for the hybrid antenna array to be equivalent to a conventional dual-polarized antenna array with reference to the accompanying drawings. In order to facilitate understanding, before introducing that the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to a traditional dual-polarized antenna array, take the equivalent of a four-port antenna as a dual-polarized antenna as an example, and first introduce the principle that a hybrid antenna array is equivalent to a traditional dual-polarized antenna array .
请参见图9,为QHA/QSA在同一极化方向等效成XPO的原理示意图。应理解,四端口天线单元QHA/QSA的4个天线振子中2个天线振子的极化方向相同,另外2个天线振子的极化方向相同。如图9所示,这4个天线振子中对角的两个天线振子(图9中位于矩形框的2个天线振子)的极化方向相同。应理解,相同极化方向上的2个天线振子具有相位差。QHA/QSA天线单元内的同一极化的2个天线振子的相位差可以近似为传统两个XPO单元由于振子间距d_eff产生的相位差。即QHA/QSA天线单元内的同一极化的2两个天线振子可以等效为传统两个XPO天线单元的同一极化的2个天线振子。所等效成的2个XPO天线单元中的同一极化2个天线振子的物理间距为d_eff,即两个XPO天线单元的物理间距为d_eff。等效的2个XPO天线单元中的同一极化两个天线振子幅度方向图相同,相位差为d_eff对应的导向矢量导致的相位差。同理,一个QHA/QSA单元可以等效为物理间距为d_eff的两个双极化天线单元。Please refer to FIG. 9 , which is a schematic diagram of the principle that QHA/QSA is equivalent to XPO in the same polarization direction. It should be understood that the polarization directions of two antenna elements in the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit QHA/QSA are the same, and the polarization directions of the other two antenna elements are the same. As shown in FIG. 9 , among the four antenna elements, the two diagonal antenna elements (the two antenna elements located in the rectangular frame in FIG. 9 ) have the same polarization directions. It should be understood that the two antenna elements in the same polarization direction have a phase difference. The phase difference between two antenna elements of the same polarization in the QHA/QSA antenna unit can be approximated as the phase difference between the two traditional XPO units due to the element spacing d_eff. That is, the two antenna elements of the same polarization in the QHA/QSA antenna unit can be equivalent to the two antenna elements of the same polarization of the traditional two XPO antenna units. The equivalent physical distance between the two antenna elements of the same polarization in the two XPO antenna units is d_eff, that is, the physical distance between the two XPO antenna units is d_eff. The amplitude patterns of the two antenna elements of the same polarization in the equivalent two XPO antenna units are the same, and the phase difference is the phase difference caused by the steering vector corresponding to d_eff. Similarly, a QHA/QSA unit can be equivalent to two dual-polarized antenna units with a physical distance of d_eff.
在本申请实施例中,假设某天线阵列包括四端口天线单元,那么可将该四端口天线单元的两个天线振子等效为一个二端口天线单元,应理解,四端口天线单元的两个天线振子来自不同的极化方向。举例来说,四端口天线单元包括第一天线振子、第二天线振子、第三天线振子和第四天线振子,其中,第一天线振子和第三天线振子位于第一极化方向,第二天线振子和第四天线振子位于第二极化方向。本申请实施例可将第一天线振子和第二天线振子等效为一个二端口天线单元,相应的,将第三天线振子和第四天线振子等效为另一个二端口天线单元。换句话说,四端口天线单元在一个极化方向上的两个天线振子等效为两个二端口天线单元在该极化方向上的两个天线振子,一个二端口天线单元对应其中的一个天线振子。In the embodiment of the present application, it is assumed that an antenna array includes a four-port antenna unit, then the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit can be equivalent to a two-port antenna unit. It should be understood that the two antennas of the four-port antenna unit The oscillators come from different polarization directions. For example, the four-port antenna unit includes a first antenna element, a second antenna element, a third antenna element, and a fourth antenna element, wherein the first antenna element and the third antenna element are located in a first polarization direction, and the second antenna element The element and the fourth antenna element are located in the second polarization direction. In this embodiment of the present application, the first antenna element and the second antenna element may be equivalent to one two-port antenna unit, and correspondingly, the third antenna element and the fourth antenna element may be equivalent to another two-port antenna unit. In other words, two antenna elements of a four-port antenna element in one polarization direction are equivalent to two antenna elements of two two-port antenna elements in this polarization direction, and one two-port antenna element corresponds to one of the antennas vibrator.
示例性的,请参见图10,为混合天线阵列等效成传统双极化天线的示意图。图10以包括一行且3列QSA、4列XPO以及3列QSA的混合天线阵列为例。应理解,该混合天线阵列中的3个QHA以及3个QSA共等效为12个XPO,因此该混合天线阵列在一定程度上可以等效为在水平上的一行16列XPO。需要说明的是,图10以相邻的QSA之间的水平间隔为d1,QSA与相邻的XPO之间的水平间隔为d2,相邻的两个XPO之间的水平间隔为d3为例。图10中,四端口天线单元(图10中虚线框示意的天线单元)的四个天线振子(以粗线示意其中的两个天线振子,以细线示意另外两个天线振子)中处于同一极化方向的两个天线振子的相位差可以近似为传统两个XPO由于振子间距d_eff产生的相位差。如图10所示,细线示意的两个天线振子位于同一极化方向上,粗线示意的两个天线振子位于另一极化方向,且粗线示意的一个天线振子和细线示意的一个天线振子等效于粗线或细线示意的XPO的天线振子。QHA/QSA内虚拟等效的2个XPO天线单元的物理间距为d_eff。应理解,图10以天线阵列为左右对称分布,图10右半部分可参考图10左半 部分。For example, please refer to FIG. 10 , which is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array equivalent to a conventional dual-polarized antenna. FIG. 10 takes a hybrid antenna array including one row and 3 columns of QSA, 4 columns of XPO and 3 columns of QSA as an example. It should be understood that the 3 QHAs and the 3 QSAs in the hybrid antenna array are equivalent to 12 XPOs in total, so the hybrid antenna array can be equivalent to a row of 16 columns of XPOs on the horizontal to a certain extent. It should be noted that FIG. 10 takes the horizontal interval between adjacent QSAs as d1, the horizontal interval between QSAs and adjacent XPOs as d2, and the horizontal interval between two adjacent XPOs as d3 as an example. In FIG. 10 , the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit (the antenna element indicated by the dashed box in FIG. 10 ) are in the same pole (two of the antenna elements are indicated by thick lines, and the other two antenna elements are indicated by thin lines) The phase difference of the two antenna elements in the direction of azimuth can be approximated as the phase difference of the traditional two XPOs due to the element spacing d_eff. As shown in Fig. 10, the two antenna elements indicated by the thin line are located in the same polarization direction, the two antenna elements indicated by the thick line are located in the other polarization direction, and one antenna element indicated by the thick line and one antenna indicated by the thin line are located in the same polarization direction. The antenna element is equivalent to the XPO antenna element indicated by the thick or thin line. The physical spacing of the virtual equivalent 2 XPO antenna elements within the QHA/QSA is d_eff. It should be understood that in Fig. 10, the antenna array is distributed symmetrically on the left and right sides, and the right half of Fig. 10 can refer to the left half of Fig. 10.
图10仅示意了其中的一种等效方法,在具体实现中,四端口天线单元等效为第二端口天线单元的方法可包括如下的多种等效方法。请参见图11,为四端口天线单元等效为二端口天线单元的四种等效方法的一种示意图。图11示意了四种等效方法,其中,图11中四端口天线中粗线示意的两个天线振子为同一极化方向的两个天线振子,等效为两个二端口天线单元在不同极化方向上的两个天线振子(以粗线示意)。同理,图11中四端口天线中细线示意的两个天线振子也为同一极化方向的两个天线振子,等效为两个二端口天线单元在另一不同极化方向上的两个天线振子(以细线示意)。FIG. 10 only illustrates one of the equivalent methods. In a specific implementation, the method in which the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to the second-port antenna unit may include the following multiple equivalent methods. Please refer to FIG. 11 , which is a schematic diagram of four equivalent methods in which a four-port antenna unit is equivalent to a two-port antenna unit. Figure 11 illustrates four equivalent methods, wherein the two antenna elements indicated by the thick lines in the four-port antenna in Figure 11 are two antenna elements in the same polarization direction, which are equivalent to two two-port antenna elements in different polarities. Two antenna elements in the direction of polarization (indicated by thick lines). Similarly, the two antenna elements indicated by the thin lines in the four-port antenna in Fig. 11 are also two antenna elements in the same polarization direction, which are equivalent to two two-port antenna elements in another different polarization direction. Antenna element (illustrated by thin line).
示例性的,等效方法一,四端口天线单元等效为两个二端口天线单元之后,所述四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化。例如四端口天线单元在一个极化方向上等效成的二端口天线和四端口天线单元在另一个极化方向上等效成的二端口天线按行分布。换句话说,四端口天线单元等效成的两个二端口天线水平放置。需要说明的是,本申请实施例对于二端口天线的放置位置不作限制,也就是图11中示意了两个二端口天线放置在上面一行,在一些实施例中,这两个二端口天线也可以放置在下面一行。Exemplarily, in the first equivalent method, after the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antenna units, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed. For example, a two-port antenna equivalent to a four-port antenna unit in one polarization direction and a two-port antenna equivalent to a four-port antenna unit in another polarization direction are distributed in rows. In other words, the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antennas placed horizontally. It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application do not limit the placement positions of the two-port antennas, that is, FIG. 11 shows that two two-port antennas are placed in the upper row. In some embodiments, the two two-port antennas may also be placed on the following line.
等效方法二,四端口天线单元等效为两个二端口天线单元之后,所述四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化。例如四端口天线单元在一个极化方向上等效成的二端口天线和四端口天线单元在另一个极化方向上等效成的二端口天线沿对角线分布。换句话说,四端口天线单元等效成的两个二端口天线对角放置,如图11所示,两个二端口天线分别放置在左上位置和右下位置。需要说明是,图11中示出了两个二端口天线的一种对角放置方式,在另一些实施例中,这两个二端口天线也可以沿另一个对角方向放置,即两个二端口天线分别放置在右上位置和左下位置(图11为示出)。Equivalent method two, after the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antenna units, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed. For example, a two-port antenna equivalent to a four-port antenna unit in one polarization direction and a two-port antenna equivalent to a four-port antenna unit in another polarization direction are distributed along the diagonal. In other words, the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antennas placed diagonally. As shown in Figure 11, the two two-port antennas are placed at the upper left position and the lower right position, respectively. It should be noted that FIG. 11 shows a diagonal placement of the two two-port antennas. In other embodiments, the two two-port antennas may also be placed in another diagonal direction, that is, two two-port antennas The port antennas are placed in the upper right position and the lower left position (shown in Figure 11), respectively.
等效方法三,四端口天线单元等效为两个二端口天线单元之后,所述四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化。例如四端口天线单元在一个极化方向上等效成的二端口天线和四端口天线单元在另一个极化方向上等效成的二端口天线按列分布。换句话说,四端口天线单元等效成的两个二端口天线垂直放置。需要说明的是,本申请实施例对于二端口天线的放置位置不作限制,也就是图11中示意了两个二端口天线放置在左边一列,在一些实施例中,这两个二端口天线也可以放置在右边一列。Equivalent method three, after the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antenna units, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed. For example, a two-port antenna equivalent to a four-port antenna unit in one polarization direction and a two-port antenna equivalent to a four-port antenna unit in another polarization direction are distributed in columns. In other words, the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antennas placed vertically. It should be noted that this embodiment of the present application does not limit the placement positions of the two-port antennas, that is, FIG. 11 shows that the two two-port antennas are placed in the left column. In some embodiments, the two two-port antennas may also be placed in the right column.
等效方法四,四端口天线单元等效为两个二端口天线单元之后,所述四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置不发生变化,即四端口天线单元包括的四个天线振子分别分布在四端(四个角落)。不同之处在于,等效后的任意一个二端口天线的两个天线振子的位置不同,即每个天线振子的位置均不同。Equivalent method four, after the four-port antenna unit is equivalent to two two-port antenna units, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit do not change, that is, the four antenna elements included in the four-port antenna unit are distributed respectively. at the four ends (four corners). The difference is that the positions of the two antenna elements of any two-port antenna after equivalence are different, that is, the positions of each antenna element are different.
等效方法可由网络设备指示给终端设备,也可由协议预定义,本申请对此不做限制。The equivalent method may be indicated to the terminal device by the network device, or may be predefined by the protocol, which is not limited in this application.
请参见图12,为某个混合天线阵列等效为双极化天线阵列的示意图。该混合天线阵列包括一行6列天线单元,其中6列天线单元从左到右依次包括1列四端口天线单元、4列XPO天线单元和1列四端口天线单元。其中,图12示意了采用前述图11示意的4种等效方法等效混合天线阵列之后的XPO天线。Please refer to FIG. 12 , which is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array equivalent to a dual-polarized antenna array. The hybrid antenna array includes a row of 6-column antenna elements, wherein the 6-column antenna elements sequentially include 1 column of four-port antenna elements, 4 columns of XPO antenna elements and 1 column of four-port antenna elements from left to right. Among them, FIG. 12 shows the XPO antenna after using the four equivalent methods shown in FIG. 11 to be equivalent to the hybrid antenna array.
需要说明的是,图10-图12仅以四端口天线单元等效为二端口天线单元为例。本申请实施例对需要等效为二端口天线单元的端口数不作限制,例如八端口天线单元也可以等效为二端口天线单元。应理解,类似四端口天线单元等效为二端口天线单元的方法,可将八端口天线单元等效为两个四端口天线单元,再将每个四端口天线等效为两个二端口天线单 元。所以沿用四端口天线单元等效为二端口天线单元的方法,可将任何端口数的天线单元等效为不同数目的传统双极化天线阵列。It should be noted that FIGS. 10-12 only take an example that a four-port antenna unit is equivalent to a two-port antenna unit. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of ports that need to be equivalent to a two-port antenna unit. For example, an eight-port antenna unit can also be equivalent to a two-port antenna unit. It should be understood that, similar to the method in which a four-port antenna unit is equivalent to a two-port antenna unit, an eight-port antenna unit can be equivalent to two four-port antenna units, and then each four-port antenna is equivalent to two two-port antenna units. . Therefore, following the method that the four-port antenna elements are equivalent to two-port antenna elements, the antenna elements with any number of ports can be equivalent to the traditional dual-polarized antenna arrays with different numbers.
应理解,混合天线阵列等效为XPO天线单元,等效之后的XPO天线单元之间的水平间隔可以是相同的,也可以是不相同的。同理,等效之后的XPO天线单元之间的垂直间隔可以是相同的,也可以是不相同的。而第一码本与水平间隔以及垂直间隔都均匀的天线单元匹配,可能不适用于非均匀间隔分布的天线单元。因此,在一些实施例中,可针对等效后的XPO天线单元重新设计码本。为了便于描述,下文将针对等效后的XPO天线单元重新设计的码本称为第二码本。应理解,第二码本与等效成XPO天线单元的混合天线阵列匹配。针对第二码本,基站同样可以为终端指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。终端可根据该指示以及第二码本向基站发送CSI。由于天线端口是基于第二码本选择的,所以终端根据该天线端口的指示以及第二码本向基站发送CSI,可以保证系统性能。It should be understood that the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to an XPO antenna unit, and the horizontal intervals between the equivalent XPO antenna units may be the same or different. Similarly, the vertical intervals between the equivalent XPO antenna units may be the same or different. However, the first codebook is matched with antenna elements with uniform horizontal and vertical spacing, and may not be suitable for antenna elements distributed with non-uniform spacing. Therefore, in some embodiments, the codebook may be redesigned for the equivalent XPO antenna elements. For the convenience of description, the codebook redesigned for the equivalent XPO antenna unit is referred to as the second codebook hereinafter. It should be understood that the second codebook is matched with a hybrid antenna array equivalent to an XPO antenna unit. For the second codebook, the base station may also indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port for the terminal. The terminal may send the CSI to the base station according to the indication and the second codebook. Since the antenna port is selected based on the second codebook, the terminal sends CSI to the base station according to the indication of the antenna port and the second codebook, which can ensure system performance.
基于上述混合天线阵列的各种设计方案,和/或,码本的各种设计方案,本申请实施例提供一种信道状态信息的反馈方法,请参见图13,为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于图1所示的网络架构为例。另外,该方法可由两个通信装置执行,这两个通信装置例如为第一通信装置和第二通信装置。其中,第一通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者第一通信装置可以是终端或能够支持终端实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,当然还可以是其他通信装置,例如芯片或芯片系统。对于第二通信装置也是同样,第二通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者第二通信装置可以是终端或能够支持终端实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,当然还可以是其他通信装置,例如芯片或芯片系统。且对于第一通信装置和第二通信装置的实现方式均不做限制,例如第一通信装置可以是网络设备,第二通信装置是终端,或者第一通信装置和第二通信装置都是终端,或者第一通信装置是网络设备,第二通信装置是能够支持终端实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,等等。Based on the various design solutions of the hybrid antenna array and/or the various design solutions of the codebook, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for feeding back channel state information. Please refer to FIG. 13 , which is a flowchart of the method. In the following introduction process, the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 as an example. Additionally, the method may be performed by two communication devices, eg, a first communication device and a second communication device. Wherein, the first communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the network device to realize the method, or the first communication device may be a terminal or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the terminal to realize the method, of course Other communication devices are also possible, such as a chip or a system of chips. The same is true for the second communication device, the second communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the network device to implement the method, or the second communication device may be a terminal or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal to implement the method. Of course, the functional communication device may also be other communication devices, such as a chip or a chip system. There is no restriction on the implementation of the first communication device and the second communication device. For example, the first communication device may be a network device, the second communication device may be a terminal, or both the first communication device and the second communication device may be terminals. Or the first communication device is a network device, the second communication device is a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the terminal to implement the method, and so on.
为了便于介绍,在下文中,以该方法由网络设备和终端执行为例,也就是,以第一通信装置是终端、第二通信装置是网络设备,该网络设备是基站为例。例如,下文中终端可以是图1中的6个终端中的任意一个终端,下文中网络设备可以是图1中的网络设备。需要说明的是,本申请实施例只是以通过网络设备和终端执行为例,并不限制于这种场景。For ease of introduction, hereinafter, the method is performed by a network device and a terminal as an example, that is, the first communication device is a terminal, the second communication device is a network device, and the network device is a base station as an example. For example, the terminal in the following may be any one of the six terminals in FIG. 1 , and the network device in the following may be the network device in FIG. 1 . It should be noted that, the embodiments of the present application only take execution through network devices and terminals as an example, and are not limited to this scenario.
本申请实施例提供的信道状态信息的反馈方法的流程描述如下。The flow of the channel state information feedback method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described as follows.
S1301、基站向终端发送第一指示信息,终端接收该第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。S1301. The base station sends first indication information to the terminal, and the terminal receives the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port.
S1302、终端根据第一指示信息向基站发送CSI,基站接收该CSI。S1302. The terminal sends CSI to the base station according to the first indication information, and the base station receives the CSI.
S1303、基站根据终端反馈的CSI向终端发送数据。S1303, the base station sends data to the terminal according to the CSI fed back by the terminal.
本申请实施例可适用于包括如前述的混合天线阵列的通信系统。当基站的天线阵列为混合天线阵列,如果沿用先列后行再极化的顺序为天线编号,可能存在多种天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。且不同的混合天线阵列,天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系也可能不同。为此,在本申请实施例中,基站在需要终端反馈CSI时,需要告知终端要使用的天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,这样可兼容先列后行再极化的顺序为天线编号。另外,基站所指示的天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系是与基站使用的天线阵列对应的,所以可保证较优的系统性能。且该方法能够适用于各种天线阵列的通信系统,即兼容各种类型的天线阵列,适用范围更广。The embodiments of the present application are applicable to a communication system including the aforementioned hybrid antenna array. When the antenna array of the base station is a hybrid antenna array, if the order of column first, then row and then re-polarization is used as the antenna number, there may be various correspondences between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports. In addition, for different hybrid antenna arrays, the corresponding relationship between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports may also be different. For this reason, in the embodiment of the present application, when the base station needs the terminal to feed back CSI, it needs to inform the terminal of the corresponding relationship between the antenna port to be used and the CSI-RS port, so that the order of compatibility with the first column and then the row and then the repolarization is the antenna number. . In addition, the correspondence between the antenna port indicated by the base station and the CSI-RS port corresponds to the antenna array used by the base station, so better system performance can be guaranteed. And the method can be applied to communication systems of various antenna arrays, that is, compatible with various types of antenna arrays, and has a wider application range.
由于存在多种混合天线阵列,本申请实施例可将每种混合天线阵列等效为双极化天线阵列,这样可兼容各种类型的天线阵列。针对等效后的双极化天线阵列,本申请实施例还可构造天线端口与CSI-RS端口的映射关系。Since there are various hybrid antenna arrays, each hybrid antenna array can be equivalent to a dual-polarized antenna array in this embodiment of the present application, which is compatible with various types of antenna arrays. For an equivalent dual-polarized antenna array, the embodiments of the present application may further construct a mapping relationship between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports.
例如,请参见图14,为某个混合天线阵列等效成虚拟的双极化天线阵列的一种示意图。其中,图14示意的维度为M*N的矩阵可认为是等效成的虚拟的双极化天线阵列,即该虚拟的双极化天线阵列为M行N列的矩阵(下文中简称第一矩阵)。该第一矩阵包括的每个元素(如图14中任一行和任一列的交点)可以对应一个天线单元或者天线振子。在本申请实施例中,可以通过元素的取值来表征该元素是否具有对应的天线单元或者天线振子。示例性的,在图14中,如果某个元素的取值为0,那么该元素具有对应的天线单元或者天线振子(如图14中的“X”);相对的,该元素的取值为1,那么该元素没有对应的天线单元或者天线振子。换句话说,如果某个元素的取值为0,那么该元素对应的天线单元或者天线振子(如图14中的“X”)被选择,相对的,该元素的取值为1,那么该元素对应的天线单元或者天线振子没有被选择。此仅为示例,也可以是如果某个元素的取值为1,那么该元素对应的天线单元或者天线振子被选择,相对的,该元素的取值为0,那么该元素对应的天线单元或者天线振子没有被选择。应理解,如果某个天线单元被选择,也就是采用该天线单元的端口(天线端口)发送信号。同理,如果某个天线振子被选择,也就是采用该天线振子的端口发送信号。从这个角度而言,图14所示意的第一矩阵也可以认为是虚拟的天线端口,可用于指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的映射关系。可以理解,考虑到混合天线阵列中存在不同类型的天线单元或天线振子,天线单元或天线振子之间的间隔也可能不均匀,所以针对各种混合天线阵列可以通过等效成虚拟的双极化天线阵列(为第一矩阵,行列均匀分布),并通过指示第一矩阵中元素上是否有对应的天线单元或者天线振子,从而实现对混合天线阵列的天线端口或天线振子的顺序的指示,也就是指示了混合天线阵列的天线端口进行CSI-RS端口映射的顺序,相当于指示了天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。For example, please refer to FIG. 14 , which is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array equivalent to a virtual dual-polarized antenna array. Wherein, the matrix with the dimension M*N shown in FIG. 14 can be considered as an equivalent virtual dual-polarized antenna array, that is, the virtual dual-polarized antenna array is a matrix with M rows and N columns (hereinafter referred to as the first matrix). Each element included in the first matrix (as shown in the intersection of any row and any column in FIG. 14 ) may correspond to one antenna element or antenna element. In this embodiment of the present application, whether the element has a corresponding antenna unit or antenna element can be characterized by the value of the element. Exemplarily, in FIG. 14 , if the value of an element is 0, then the element has a corresponding antenna unit or antenna element (“X” in FIG. 14 ); on the contrary, the value of this element is 1, then the element has no corresponding antenna element or antenna element. In other words, if the value of an element is 0, then the corresponding antenna element or antenna element (“X” in Figure 14) is selected. On the contrary, if the value of this element is 1, then the The antenna element or antenna element corresponding to the element is not selected. This is just an example. If the value of an element is 1, then the antenna element or antenna element corresponding to this element is selected. On the contrary, if the value of this element is 0, then the antenna element or antenna element corresponding to this element is selected. The antenna element is not selected. It should be understood that if a certain antenna element is selected, the port (antenna port) of that antenna element is used to transmit the signal. Similarly, if a certain antenna element is selected, the port of the antenna element is used to send signals. From this perspective, the first matrix shown in FIG. 14 can also be considered as a virtual antenna port, which can be used to indicate the mapping relationship between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports. It can be understood that considering that there are different types of antenna elements or antenna elements in the hybrid antenna array, the spacing between the antenna elements or antenna elements may also be uneven, so for various hybrid antenna arrays, it can be equivalent to a virtual dual polarization. The antenna array (which is the first matrix, the rows and columns are evenly distributed), and by indicating whether there are corresponding antenna elements or antenna elements on the elements in the first matrix, so as to realize the indication of the order of the antenna ports or antenna elements of the hybrid antenna array, and also It is to indicate the order in which the antenna ports of the hybrid antenna array perform CSI-RS port mapping, which is equivalent to indicating the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports.
本申请实施例可根据类似图14所示意的天线端口与CSI-RS端口的映射关系,来为终端指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,可适用于指示各种混合天线阵列中天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。也就是本申请实施例通过将混合天线阵列将等效成二端口天线阵列,再将二端口天线阵列映射第一矩阵,那么存在能够兼容这多种混合天线阵列的第一矩阵。由于混合天线阵列等效为二端口天线阵列,对于二端口天线阵列来说,如图7所示,按照先行后列再极化或者先列后行再极化的规则可确定天线端口和CSI-RS端口的对应关系,即固定的天线端口顺序。所以将等效后的二端口天线阵列映射到第一矩阵,通过指示第一矩阵中与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,可指示各种混合天线阵列中的天线端口顺序,即指示混合天线阵列中天线端口和CSI-RS端口的对应关系。The embodiment of the present application can indicate the corresponding relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port for the terminal according to the mapping relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port similar to that shown in FIG. 14 , which can be applied to indicate the antenna port in various hybrid antenna arrays. Correspondence with CSI-RS ports. That is, in this embodiment of the present application, the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to a two-port antenna array, and then the two-port antenna array is mapped to the first matrix, so that there is a first matrix that is compatible with these various hybrid antenna arrays. Since the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to a two-port antenna array, for a two-port antenna array, as shown in Figure 7, the antenna ports and CSI- The corresponding relationship of the RS ports, that is, the fixed order of the antenna ports. Therefore, the equivalent two-port antenna array is mapped to the first matrix. By indicating the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports in the first matrix, the order of the antenna ports in various hybrid antenna arrays can be indicated, that is, the hybrid antenna array is indicated. Correspondence between antenna ports and CSI-RS ports.
例如,请参见图15,为某个混合天线阵列等效为虚拟的双极化天线阵列的示意图。该混合天线阵列包括2行3列天线单元,其中3列天线单元从左到右依次包括1列四端口天线单元、2列XPO天线单元。其中,图15示意了采用前述图11示意的等效方法一等效混合天线阵列获得的第一天线阵列,即包括2行4列XPO天线。图15以2行4列XPO天线阵列中任意两列之间的间隔相同为例。从图15中可以看出,混合天线阵列中的第1行第1列四端口天线等效为第一天线阵列中第1行第1列和第1行第2列的XPO天线,混合天线阵列中的第2行第1列四端口天线等效为第一天线阵列中第2行第1列和第2行第 2列的XPO天线。将第一天线阵列映射到第一矩阵1,即2行4列矩阵。其中,第一矩阵1中任一行和任一列的交点示意一个天线单元或天线振子。应理解,第一矩阵1中位于第1行第1列以及第1行第2列的天线单元对应混合天线阵列中的第1行的四端口天线。如果基站指示与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口对应第一矩阵1中位于第1行第1列以及第1行第2列的天线单元,那么可确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口为混合天线阵列中第1行的四端口天线的天线端口。For example, please refer to FIG. 15 , which is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array equivalent to a virtual dual-polarized antenna array. The hybrid antenna array includes 2 rows and 3 columns of antenna units, wherein the 3 columns of antenna units include 1 column of four-port antenna units and 2 columns of XPO antenna units in sequence from left to right. 15 shows a first antenna array obtained by using the equivalent method shown in FIG. 11 , an equivalent hybrid antenna array, that is, including 2 rows and 4 columns of XPO antennas. Fig. 15 takes the same interval between any two columns in an XPO antenna array of 2 rows and 4 columns as an example. It can be seen from Figure 15 that the four-port antenna in the 1st row, 1st column and 1st column in the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to the XPO antennas in the 1st row, 1st column and 1st row, 2nd column in the first antenna array. The hybrid antenna array The four-port antenna in the 2nd row and 1st column is equivalent to the XPO antennas in the 2nd row, 1st column and 2nd row, 2nd column in the first antenna array. The first antenna array is mapped to the first matrix 1, that is, a matrix of 2 rows and 4 columns. Wherein, the intersection of any row and any column in the first matrix 1 represents an antenna unit or antenna element. It should be understood that the antenna elements located in the first row and the first column and the first row and the second column in the first matrix 1 correspond to the four-port antennas in the first row in the hybrid antenna array. If the base station indicates that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports correspond to the antenna elements located in the 1st row, 1st column and the 1st row, 2nd column in the first matrix 1, it can be determined that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports are hybrid Antenna port for the four-port antenna in row 1 of the antenna array.
图15还示意了采用前述图11示意的等效方法三等效混合天线阵列获得的第二天线阵列,即包括4行2列XPO天线。图15以2行4列XPO天线阵列中任意两行之间的间隔相同为例。从图15中可以看出,混合天线阵列中的第1行第1列四端口天线等效为第一天线阵列中第1行第1列和第2行第1列的XPO天线,混合天线阵列中的第2行第1列四端口天线等效为第二天线阵列中第3行第1列和第4行第1列的XPO天线。且,混合天线阵列中第1行第2列的二端口天线等效为第二天线阵列中第1行第2列的二端口天线,混合天线阵列中第2行第2列的二端口天线等效为第二天线阵列中第3行第2列的二端口天线;混合天线阵列中第1行第3列的二端口天线等效为第二天线阵列中第2行第2列的二端口天线,混合天线阵列中第2行第3列的二端口天线等效为第二天线阵列中第4行第2列的二端口天线。将第二天线阵列映射到第一矩阵2,第一矩阵2中任一行和任一列的交点示意一个天线单元或天线振子。应理解,第一矩阵2中位于第1行第1列的天线单元对应混合天线阵列中的第1行的四端口天线。如果基站指示与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口对应第一矩阵2中位于第1行第1列的天线单元,那么可确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口为混合天线阵列中第1行的四端口天线的天线端口。FIG. 15 also illustrates a second antenna array obtained by using the three-equivalent hybrid antenna array of the equivalent method illustrated in FIG. 11 , that is, including 4 rows and 2 columns of XPO antennas. Fig. 15 takes the same interval between any two rows in an XPO antenna array of 2 rows and 4 columns as an example. It can be seen from Figure 15 that the four-port antenna in the 1st row, 1st column and 1st column in the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to the XPO antennas in the 1st row, 1st column and 2nd row, 1st column in the first antenna array. The hybrid antenna array The four-port antenna in the 2nd row and 1st column is equivalent to the XPO antennas in the 3rd row, 1st column and 4th row, 1st column in the second antenna array. Moreover, the two-port antenna in the first row and the second column in the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to the two-port antenna in the first row and the second column in the second antenna array, the two-port antenna in the second row and the second column in the hybrid antenna array, etc. The effect is the two-port antenna in row 3 and column 2 in the second antenna array; the two-port antenna in row 1 and column 3 in the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to the two-port antenna in row 2 and column 2 in the second antenna array. , the two-port antenna in the second row and the third column in the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to the two-port antenna in the fourth row and the second column in the second antenna array. The second antenna array is mapped to the first matrix 2, and the intersection of any row and any column in the first matrix 2 indicates an antenna element or antenna element. It should be understood that the antenna elements located in the first row and the first column in the first matrix 2 correspond to the four-port antennas in the first row in the hybrid antenna array. If the base station indicates that the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port corresponds to the antenna element located in the first row and the first column in the first matrix 2, then it can be determined that the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port is the one in the first row in the hybrid antenna array. Antenna port for a four-port antenna.
需要说明的是,如图15所示的混合天线阵列也可以映射到其他维度的第一矩阵,例如混合天线阵列等效为2行8列XPO天线阵列,这2行8列XPO天线阵列中任意两列之间的间隔相同。应理解,2行8列XPO天线阵列中任意两列之间的间隔与2行4列XPO天线阵列中任意两列之间的间隔不一样。将第一天线阵列映射到第一矩阵3,即2行8列XOP天线阵列,应理解,这8列XPO天线中只有4列与混合天线阵列中实际的天线单元对应,例如从左到右,这8列XPO天线阵列中,第1列和第3列示意的天线单元与混合天线阵列中四端口天线对应,第5列示意的天线单元分别与混合天线阵列中第2列的二端口天线对应,第7列示意的天线单元分别与混合天线阵列中第3列的二端口天线对应。通过指示第一矩阵3(即2行8列XPO天线阵列)中被选择的天线单元(即第1、3、5和7列天线单元),即可指示混合天线阵列中实际的天线单元(天线端口)。可见,本申请实施例通过将混合天线阵列等效成二端口天线阵列,再将二端口天线阵列映射第一矩阵,通过指示第一矩阵中与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,可适用于各种混合天线阵列。It should be noted that the hybrid antenna array shown in FIG. 15 can also be mapped to the first matrix of other dimensions. For example, the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to an XPO antenna array with 2 rows and 8 columns. The spacing between the two columns is the same. It should be understood that the interval between any two columns in the XPO antenna array with 2 rows and 8 columns is different from the interval between any two columns in the XPO antenna array with 2 rows and 4 columns. Mapping the first antenna array to the first matrix 3, that is, an XOP antenna array of 2 rows and 8 columns, it should be understood that only 4 of the 8 columns of XPO antennas correspond to the actual antenna elements in the hybrid antenna array, for example, from left to right, In the 8-column XPO antenna array, the antenna elements shown in the first and third columns correspond to the four-port antennas in the hybrid antenna array, and the antenna elements shown in the fifth column correspond to the two-port antennas in the second column of the hybrid antenna array respectively. , the antenna elements shown in the seventh column correspond to the two-port antennas in the third column in the hybrid antenna array respectively. By indicating the selected antenna elements (ie, the 1st, 3rd, 5th and 7th column antenna elements) in the first matrix 3 (ie, 2 rows and 8 columns XPO antenna array), the actual antenna elements (antenna elements) in the hybrid antenna array can be indicated. port). It can be seen that the embodiments of the present application can be applied to each A hybrid antenna array.
具体的,在本申请实施例中,基站可通过第一指示信息告知终端天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息可以承载在现有信令的一个或多个字段上,这样有利于兼容现有的信令。例如第一指示信息承载在无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令,媒体访问控制元素(media access control control element,MAC CE)信令,下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)信令等。上述一个或多个字段可以是RRC信令已定义的字段、MAC CE信令已定义的字段或者DCI信令已定义的字段,也可以是新定义的RRC字段、MAC CE字段或DCI字段。对此,本申请实施例不作限制。当然,第一指示信息也可以承载在新定义的信令。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present application, the base station may notify the terminal of the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port through the first indication information. In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information may be carried in one or more fields of the existing signaling, which facilitates compatibility with the existing signaling. For example, the first indication information is carried in radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, media access control element (media access control control element, MAC CE) signaling, downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) signaling, etc. . The above-mentioned one or more fields may be fields defined in RRC signaling, fields defined in MAC CE signaling, or fields defined in DCI signaling, or may be newly defined RRC fields, MAC CE fields, or DCI fields. In this regard, the embodiments of the present application are not limited. Of course, the first indication information may also be carried in newly defined signaling.
应理解,由于存在多种混合天线阵列,不同的混合天线阵列等效成的第一矩阵的维度也有所不同,那么对应的第一指示信息的实现方式也可能不同。下面分别介绍第一指示信息的几种可能的实现方式。It should be understood that, due to the existence of various hybrid antenna arrays, the dimensions of the first matrix equivalent to different hybrid antenna arrays are also different, so the implementation manner of the corresponding first indication information may also be different. Several possible implementation manners of the first indication information are respectively introduced below.
实现方式一、第一指示信息包括第一信息和第二信息,该第一信息可用于指示第一矩阵中与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,第二信息用于指示第一矩阵。由于第一矩阵对应混合天线阵列,所以也可以认为第一指示信息可用于间接指示混合天线阵列中与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。 Implementation manner 1. The first indication information includes first information and second information, where the first information may be used to indicate an antenna port corresponding to a CSI-RS port in the first matrix, and the second information is used to indicate the first matrix. Since the first matrix corresponds to the hybrid antenna array, it can also be considered that the first indication information can be used to indirectly indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the hybrid antenna array.
例如,第一指示信息承载于RRC信令,第一信息可以承载于RRC信令中的第一字段,该第一字段占用K个比特,也就是第一信息可以是K个比特序列。其中,K的取值与第一矩阵的维度有关。例如第一矩阵的维度是M行*N列,那么K可等于M*N。按照先行后列(或先列后行)的规则可以将每个元素映射到第一矩阵,从而根据对应元素的取值确定是否有与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。由于同一个比特序列可能对应多个第一矩阵,例如K=M*N,第一矩阵的维度可以是M行*N列,也可以是N行*M列。所以在本申请实施例中,基站除了指示第一信息,还可以指示第二信息,即通过第二信息指示第一矩阵的维度。其中,第二信息可以承载于一个字段,也可以承载于多个字段。For example, the first indication information is carried in RRC signaling, the first information may be carried in a first field in the RRC signaling, and the first field occupies K bits, that is, the first information may be a sequence of K bits. The value of K is related to the dimension of the first matrix. For example, the dimension of the first matrix is M rows*N columns, then K may be equal to M*N. Each element can be mapped to the first matrix according to the rule of row first, then column (or row first, then row), so as to determine whether there is an antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port according to the value of the corresponding element. Since the same bit sequence may correspond to multiple first matrices, for example, K=M*N, the dimension of the first matrix may be M rows*N columns, or N rows*M columns. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, in addition to indicating the first information, the base station may also indicate the second information, that is, the dimension of the first matrix is indicated by the second information. The second information may be carried in one field, or may be carried in multiple fields.
作为第二信息的一种实现方式,第二信息承载于多个字段,例如第二信息可承载于第二字段和第三字段,第二字段和第三字段均可以占用多个比特。其中,第二字段用于指示第一矩阵的水平维度(行),第三字段用于指示第一矩阵的垂直维度(列);或者,第二字段用于指示第一矩阵的垂直维度(列),第三字段用于指示第一矩阵的水平维度(行)。这种方式也可以理解为第一矩阵的维度的直接指示方式。As an implementation manner of the second information, the second information is carried in multiple fields, for example, the second information may be carried in the second field and the third field, and both the second field and the third field may occupy multiple bits. Wherein, the second field is used to indicate the horizontal dimension (row) of the first matrix, and the third field is used to indicate the vertical dimension (column) of the first matrix; or, the second field is used to indicate the vertical dimension (column) of the first matrix ), the third field is used to indicate the horizontal dimension (row) of the first matrix. This way can also be understood as a direct indication way of the dimension of the first matrix.
为了便于理解,下面以K=8,第一信息为“00110011”,第二字段和第三字段均占用4个比特,且第二段用于指示第一矩阵的水平维度,第三字段用于指示第一矩阵的垂直维度为例,介绍第一指示信息的实现方式。For ease of understanding, K=8 below, the first information is "00110011", the second field and the third field both occupy 4 bits, and the second field is used to indicate the horizontal dimension of the first matrix, and the third field is used for Taking the indication of the vertical dimension of the first matrix as an example, an implementation manner of the first indication information is introduced.
示例性的,第一字段承载的值为“00110011”,第二字段承载的值为“0010”,第三字段承载的值为“0100”,即M=2,N=4。终端接收到第一指示信息,按照先行后列的规则映射到第一矩阵,可获得如下的第一矩阵W1:Exemplarily, the value carried by the first field is "00110011", the value carried by the second field is "0010", and the value carried by the third field is "0100", that is, M=2, N=4. The terminal receives the first indication information and maps it to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and then column, and the following first matrix W1 can be obtained:
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000001
如果1表示未被选择的天线单元或天线振子,0表示被选择的天线单元或天线振子。那么终端可确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口为第一矩阵中位于第1行第1列以及位于第2行第1列的位置所指示的天线单元或天线振子所对应的混合天线阵列中的天线端口。沿用前述图15中混合天线阵列为例,通过等效方法一等效为第一天线阵列。第一矩阵1中位于第1行第1列的天线单元对应混合天线阵列中的第1行第1列的四端口天线,所以可确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口包括混合天线阵列中第1行第1列的四端口天线的天线端口。同理,第一矩阵1中位于第2行第1列的天线单元对应混合天线阵列中第2行第1列的四端口天线,所以可确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口还包括混合天线阵列中第2行第1列的四端口天线的天线端口。If 1 represents the unselected antenna element or antenna element, 0 represents the selected antenna element or antenna element. Then the terminal can determine that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports are in the hybrid antenna array corresponding to the antenna elements or antenna elements indicated by the positions in the 1st row, 1st column and 2nd row, 1st column in the first matrix. the antenna port. Taking the hybrid antenna array shown in FIG. 15 as an example, the first antenna array is equivalent to the first antenna array through an equivalent method. In the first matrix 1, the antenna element located in the first row and the first column corresponds to the four-port antenna in the first row and the first column in the hybrid antenna array, so it can be determined that the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port includes the first row in the hybrid antenna array. Antenna port for four-port antenna in row 1, column 1. Similarly, the antenna element located in the second row, the first column in the first matrix 1 corresponds to the four-port antenna in the second row and the first column in the hybrid antenna array, so it can be determined that the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port also includes the hybrid antenna. The antenna port of the four-port antenna at row 2, column 1 in the array.
示例性的,第一字段承载的值为“0101010101010101”,第二字段承载的值为“0010”,第三字段承载的值为“1000”,即M=2,N=8。终端接收到第一指示信息,按照先行后列的规则映射到第一矩阵,可获得如下的第一矩阵W1:Exemplarily, the value carried in the first field is "0101010101010101", the value carried in the second field is "0010", and the value carried in the third field is "1000", that is, M=2, N=8. The terminal receives the first indication information and maps it to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and then column, and the following first matrix W1 can be obtained:
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000002
如果1表示未被选择的天线单元或天线振子,0表示被选择的天线单元或天线振子。那么终端可确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口为第一矩阵中位于第1行第1、3、5、7列的位置所指示的天线单元或天线振子所对应的混合天线阵列中的天线端口。沿用前述图15中混合天线阵列为例,通过等效方法一等效为第一天线阵列。第一矩阵3中位于第1行第1、3、5、7列的天线单元对应混合天线阵列中的第1行第1、2、3列的天线,所以可确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口包括混合天线阵列中第1行第1列的四端口天线的天线端口以及第2、3列的二端口天线的天线端口。同理,第一矩阵3中位于第2行第1、3、5、7列的天线单元对应混合天线阵列中第2行第1、2、3列的天线,所以可确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口还包括混合天线阵列中第2行第1、2、3列的天线端口。If 1 represents the unselected antenna element or antenna element, 0 represents the selected antenna element or antenna element. Then the terminal can determine that the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port is the antenna in the hybrid antenna array corresponding to the antenna unit or the antenna element indicated by the positions located in the first matrix, the 1st, 3rd, 5th, and 7th columns in the first matrix port. Taking the hybrid antenna array shown in FIG. 15 as an example, the first antenna array is equivalent to the first antenna array through an equivalent method. The antenna elements located in the 1st row, 1st row, 3rd row, 5th row, and 7th row in the first matrix 3 correspond to the antenna elements in the 1st row, 1st row, 1st row, 2nd row and 3rd row in the hybrid antenna array, so the corresponding CSI-RS ports can be determined. The antenna ports include the antenna ports of the four-port antenna in the first row and the first column and the antenna ports of the two-port antenna in the second and third columns in the hybrid antenna array. Similarly, the antenna elements located in the 1st, 3rd, 5th, and 7th columns of the 2nd row in the first matrix 3 correspond to the antennas of the 2nd row, 1st, 2nd, and 3rd columns of the hybrid antenna array, so the CSI-RS port can be determined. The corresponding antenna ports also include the antenna ports in the second row, the first, the second, and the third column in the hybrid antenna array.
应理解,本申请实施例以将图15所示的混合天线阵列等效为两个不同维度的第一矩阵为例。如果存在多种混合天线阵列,本申请实施例通过将混合天线阵列将等效成二端口天线阵列,再将二端口天线阵列映射第一矩阵,那么存在能够兼容这多种混合天线阵列的第一矩阵。本申请实施例通过第一指示信息指示第一矩阵中与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,可指示各种混合天线阵列中天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,即指示混合天线阵列中天线端口顺序。It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application take the hybrid antenna array shown in FIG. 15 as equivalent to two first matrices with different dimensions as an example. If there are multiple hybrid antenna arrays, in this embodiment of the present application, the hybrid antenna array is equivalent to a two-port antenna array, and then the two-port antenna array is mapped to the first matrix. matrix. In this embodiment of the present application, the first indication information indicates the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports in the first matrix, which can indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports in various hybrid antenna arrays, that is, indicate the antenna ports in the hybrid antenna array. port order.
或者,终端接收到第一指示信息,按照先列后行的规则映射到第一矩阵,可获得如下的第一矩阵W1:Or, the terminal receives the first indication information and maps it to the first matrix according to the rule of first column and then row, to obtain the following first matrix W1:
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000003
终端根据W1可确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口为第一矩阵中位于第1列和第3列的天线单元或天线振子对应的天线端口。The terminal may determine, according to W1, that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports are the antenna ports corresponding to the antenna elements or antenna elements located in the first column and the third column in the first matrix.
示例性的,第一字段承载的值为“00110011”,第二字段承载的值为“0100”,第三字段承载的值为“0010”,即M=4,N=2。终端接收到第一指示信息,按照先行后列的规则映射到第一矩阵,可获得如下的第一矩阵:Exemplarily, the value carried by the first field is "00110011", the value carried by the second field is "0100", and the value carried by the third field is "0010", that is, M=4, N=2. The terminal receives the first indication information, maps it to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and then column, and obtains the following first matrix:
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000004
终端根据W1可确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口为第一矩阵中位于第1行和第3行的天线单元或天线振子对应的天线端口。The terminal may determine, according to W1, that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports are the antenna ports corresponding to the antenna elements or antenna elements located in the first row and the third row in the first matrix.
或者,终端接收到第一指示信息,按照先列后行的规则映射到第一矩阵,可获得如下的第一矩阵:Alternatively, the terminal receives the first indication information and maps it to the first matrix according to the rule of columns first, then rows, to obtain the following first matrix:
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000005
终端根据W1可确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口为第一矩阵中位于第1行和第2行的天线单元或天线振子对应的天线端口。The terminal may determine, according to W1, that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports are the antenna ports corresponding to the antenna elements or antenna elements located in the first row and the second row in the first matrix.
需要说明是,天线端口映射到第一矩阵的映射规则,例如先行后列或者先列后行可以是预先定义的,或者是基站和终端约定的,或者是基站告知终端的,对此,本申请实施例 不作限制。It should be noted that the mapping rule for mapping the antenna ports to the first matrix, such as row-first-column-first-row or column-first-row may be predefined, or agreed by the base station and the terminal, or informed by the base station to the terminal. The embodiment is not limited.
作为第二信息的另一种实现方式,第二信息可承载于一个字段,例如第四字段,该第四字段可占用多个比特。第四字段的取值用于指示第一矩阵的维度。第四字段的不同取值表示不同维度的第一矩阵。例如,第四字段占用4比特,第四字段的取值为“0000”,表示2*4的第一矩阵;第四字段的取值为“0001”,表示4*2的第一矩阵;第四字段的取值为“0010”,表示3*3的第一矩阵,等等。这种方式也可以理解为第一矩阵的维度的间接指示方式。采用这种方式,第二信息占用的比特数较少,可尽量节约资源开销。As another implementation manner of the second information, the second information may be carried in one field, such as a fourth field, and the fourth field may occupy multiple bits. The value of the fourth field is used to indicate the dimension of the first matrix. Different values of the fourth field represent first matrices of different dimensions. For example, the fourth field occupies 4 bits, the value of the fourth field is "0000", which represents the first matrix of 2*4; the value of the fourth field is "0001", which represents the first matrix of 4*2; The value of the four fields is "0010", which means the first matrix of 3*3, and so on. This way can also be understood as an indirect indication way of the dimension of the first matrix. In this way, the number of bits occupied by the second information is less, and resource overhead can be saved as much as possible.
下文以第四字段占用4个比特为例,第四字段的取值为0000,表示2*4的第一矩阵;第四字段的取值为0001,表示4*2的第一矩阵为例。沿用上述的例子,即第一字段承载的值为“00110011”,第四字段承载的值为“0000”,即M=2,N=4。按照先行后列的规则映射到第一矩阵,可获得如下的第一矩阵W1:The following takes the fourth field occupying 4 bits as an example, the value of the fourth field is 0000, which represents the first matrix of 2*4; the value of the fourth field is 0001, which represents the first matrix of 4*2 as an example. The above example is continued, that is, the value carried by the first field is "00110011", and the value carried by the fourth field is "0000", that is, M=2, N=4. Mapping to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and then column, the following first matrix W1 can be obtained:
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000006
即第一字段承载的值为“00110011”,第四字段承载的值为“0001”,即M=4,N=2。按照先行后列的规则映射到第一矩阵,可获得如下的第一矩阵W1:That is, the value carried by the first field is "00110011", and the value carried by the fourth field is "0001", that is, M=4, N=2. Mapping to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and then column, the following first matrix W1 can be obtained:
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000007
实现方式二、第一指示信息包括第一信息,其中,第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。由于第一矩阵对应混合天线阵列,所以也可以认为第一指示信息可用于间接指示混合天线阵列中与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。Implementation manner 2: The first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix. Since the first matrix corresponds to the hybrid antenna array, it can also be considered that the first indication information can be used to indirectly indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the hybrid antenna array.
虽然同一比特序列可以对应不同维度的第一矩阵,但是在一些实施例中,可以规定该比特序列对应的第一矩阵的维度。这样不需要基站为终端指示第一矩阵,终端也能够确定第一矩阵,从而可以节省信令的开销。Although the same bit sequence may correspond to first matrices of different dimensions, in some embodiments, the dimension of the first matrix corresponding to the bit sequence may be specified. In this way, the base station does not need to indicate the first matrix for the terminal, and the terminal can also determine the first matrix, thereby saving signaling overhead.
示例性的,沿用上述的例子,第一信息为K比特序列,K=M*N,协议可规定,M小于或等于N。例如第一字段承载的值为“00110011”,由于M小于或等于N,终端接收到第一指示信息,可确定第一矩阵的维度是2*4,不是4*2。终端根据第一信息,按照先行后列的规则,将天线端口映射到第一矩阵,可获得如下的矩阵W1:Exemplarily, following the above example, the first information is a K-bit sequence, K=M*N, and the protocol may specify that M is less than or equal to N. For example, the value carried in the first field is "00110011". Since M is less than or equal to N, the terminal receives the first indication information and can determine that the dimension of the first matrix is 2*4, not 4*2. According to the first information, the terminal maps the antenna ports to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and last column, and the following matrix W1 can be obtained:
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000008
进而终端可确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口为第一矩阵中位于第1行第1、2列以及位于第2行第1、2列的天线单元或天线振子对应的天线端口。Further, the terminal may determine that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports are the antenna ports corresponding to the antenna elements or antenna elements located in the first row, the first and second columns, and the second row, and second columns in the first matrix.
实现方式三、与前述实现方式一和实现方式二的不同之处在于,本申请实施例将混合天线阵列等效之后,获得等效后的天线阵列,可通过指示等效后的天线阵列中天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,实现指示混合天线阵列中天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。也就是说,不需要将等效后的天线阵列映射到第一矩阵,也就不需要通过第一矩阵指示混合天线阵列中天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。这种情况下,第一指示信息可包括第一信息,该第一信息可用于指示等效后的天线阵列的天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,也即能够指示混合天线阵列中的天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。也可以说,第一信 息用于指示天线端口的顺序。相较于实现方式一和实现方式二来说,实现方式三是相对直接的指示,即的第一信息用于指示混合天线阵列中天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。The third implementation is different from the first and second implementations above in that, after the hybrid antenna array is equivalent in the embodiment of the present application, an equivalent antenna array is obtained, and the antennas in the equivalent antenna array can be indicated by indicating The corresponding relationship between the port and the CSI-RS port is realized to indicate the corresponding relationship between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port in the hybrid antenna array. That is to say, it is not necessary to map the equivalent antenna array to the first matrix, and the corresponding relationship between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports in the hybrid antenna array also does not need to be indicated by the first matrix. In this case, the first indication information may include first information, and the first information may be used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports of the equivalent antenna array and the CSI-RS ports, that is, it can indicate the antennas in the hybrid antenna array Correspondence between ports and CSI-RS ports. It can also be said that the first information is used to indicate the order of the antenna ports. Compared with the first and second implementations, the third implementation is a relatively direct indication, that is, the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports in the hybrid antenna array.
示例性的,第一信息可承载于RRC信令的一个字段,例如第一字段,该第一字段占用多个比特。例如存在32个天线端口,第一信息可以按照先行后列或者先列后行的顺序示意这32个天线端口的顺序。如果与天线端口对应的CSI-RS端口数也是32,那么第一信息可指示32个数值,每个数值对应一个天线端口,前16个数值对应第一极化方向上的天线端口顺序,后16个数值对应第二极化方向上的天线端口顺序。示例性的,一个数值可占用4个比特,第一字段可占用32*4=128个比特。第一字段承载比特序列可为[3,5,12,16,13,7,9,8,0,1,4,2,11,14,6,10,18,20,16,17,21,23,31,28,27,26,24,22,29,19,25,30],其中,[3,5,12,16,13,7,9,8,0,1,4,2,11,14,6,10]对应第一极化方向上的天线端口顺序,[18,20,16,17,21,23,31,28,27,26,24,22,29,19,25,30]对应第二极化方向上的天线端口顺序。按照先行后列再极化的顺序对天线端口编号,可获得如图16所示的天线端口顺序。需要说明的是,如果第一极化方向上的天线端口顺序和第二极化方向上的天线端口顺序一致。沿用上述的例子,那么第一信息可指示16个数值。即第一字段占用16*4=64个比特即可。Exemplarily, the first information may be carried in a field of the RRC signaling, for example, the first field, where the first field occupies multiple bits. For example, there are 32 antenna ports, and the first information may indicate the order of the 32 antenna ports in the order of row first, column first, or row first. If the number of CSI-RS ports corresponding to the antenna ports is also 32, the first information may indicate 32 values, each value corresponds to an antenna port, the first 16 values correspond to the order of the antenna ports in the first polarization direction, and the last 16 values The values correspond to the order of the antenna ports in the second polarization direction. Exemplarily, one value may occupy 4 bits, and the first field may occupy 32*4=128 bits. The first field carrying bit sequence can be [3, 5, 12, 16, 13, 7, 9, 8, 0, 1, 4, 2, 11, 14, 6, 10, 18, 20, 16, 17, 21 , 23, 31, 28, 27, 26, 24, 22, 29, 19, 25, 30], of which, [3, 5, 12, 16, 13, 7, 9, 8, 0, 1, 4, 2 , 11, 14, 6, 10] correspond to the order of the antenna ports in the first polarization direction, [18, 20, 16, 17, 21, 23, 31, 28, 27, 26, 24, 22, 29, 19, 25, 30] correspond to the order of the antenna ports in the second polarization direction. The antenna ports are numbered in the order of first row and then column repolarization, and the antenna port sequence shown in Figure 16 can be obtained. It should be noted that, if the order of the antenna ports in the first polarization direction is the same as the order of the antenna ports in the second polarization direction. Following the above example, the first information may indicate 16 values. That is, the first field may occupy 16*4=64 bits.
如果与天线端口对应的CSI-RS端口数也是8,也就是多个天线端口(一组天线端口)与一个CSI-RS端口对应。这种情况下,第一信息可指示8个数值,每个数值对应一组天线端口。前4个数值对应第一极化方向上的天线端口顺序,后4个数值对应第二极化方向上的天线端口顺序。示例性的,一个数值可占用4个比特,第一字段可占用8*4=32个比特。第一字段承载比特序列可为[2,5,3,0,1,4,6,7],其中,[2,5,3,0]对应第一极化方向上的天线端口顺序,[1,4,6,7]对应第二极化方向上的天线端口顺序。应理解,哪几个天线端口作为一组天线端口与CSI-RS端口对应,终端通过基站向终端发送的波束可确定。所以终端通过第一指示信息可确定混合天线阵列中天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。If the number of CSI-RS ports corresponding to the antenna ports is also 8, that is, multiple antenna ports (a group of antenna ports) correspond to one CSI-RS port. In this case, the first information may indicate 8 values, and each value corresponds to a group of antenna ports. The first four values correspond to the order of the antenna ports in the first polarization direction, and the last four values correspond to the order of the antenna ports in the second polarization direction. Exemplarily, a value may occupy 4 bits, and the first field may occupy 8*4=32 bits. The bit sequence carried in the first field may be [2, 5, 3, 0, 1, 4, 6, 7], where [2, 5, 3, 0] corresponds to the order of the antenna ports in the first polarization direction, [ 1, 4, 6, 7] correspond to the order of the antenna ports in the second polarization direction. It should be understood that which antenna ports correspond to the CSI-RS ports as a group of antenna ports can be determined by the terminal through the beam sent by the base station to the terminal. Therefore, the terminal can determine the correspondence between the antenna ports and the CSI-RS ports in the hybrid antenna array through the first indication information.
在本申请实施例中,混合天线阵列包括的天线单元可能非均匀水平间隔和/或非均匀垂直间隔。终端接收到第一指示信息,如果按照天线单元间均匀的水平间隔和均匀的垂直间隔将天线端口映射到第一矩阵,可能会出现多种映射结果,这样终端所确定的天线端口和CSI-RS端口的对应关系可能是错误的。In this embodiment of the present application, the antenna elements included in the hybrid antenna array may be unevenly spaced horizontally and/or vertically spaced. When the terminal receives the first indication information, if the antenna ports are mapped to the first matrix according to the uniform horizontal and vertical intervals between the antenna units, various mapping results may appear. In this way, the antenna ports and CSI-RS determined by the terminal are The port correspondence may be wrong.
为了便于理解,请参见图17,为某个混合天线阵列等效为虚拟的双极化天线阵列(第一矩阵)的示意图。图17以混合天线阵列包括的天线单元在水平方向上的间隔不均匀为例。应理解,第一矩阵的维度是2行*4列。如图17所示,行和列的编号都从0开始,第1列的天线单元与第2列的天线单元之间的间隔为d1,第2列的天线单元与第3列的天线单元之间的间隔为d2,第3列的天线单元与第4列的天线单元之间的间隔为d3,且,d1不等于d2和d3,d2不等于d3。For ease of understanding, please refer to FIG. 17 , which is a schematic diagram of a hybrid antenna array equivalent to a virtual dual-polarized antenna array (first matrix). FIG. 17 takes as an example that the antenna elements included in the hybrid antenna array are not uniformly spaced in the horizontal direction. It should be understood that the dimension of the first matrix is 2 rows*4 columns. As shown in Figure 17, the numbering of rows and columns starts from 0, the interval between the antenna elements in the first column and the antenna elements in the second column is d1, and the distance between the antenna elements in the second column and the antenna elements in the third column is d1. The interval between them is d2, the interval between the antenna elements in the third column and the antenna elements in the fourth column is d3, and d1 is not equal to d2 and d3, and d2 is not equal to d3.
由于d1、d2和d3不相等,那么终端接收到第一指示信息,将天线端口映射到第一矩阵,可能会出现多种映射情况。例如,第一字段承载的值为“11001100”,假设d1为0.5个波长(λ),d2为1个λ。沿用现有设计,通常相邻的两个天线单元之间的水平间隔是0.5个λ,终端接收到第一指示信息,将天线端口映射到第一矩阵时,可能会有多种映射结果。例如,终端按照先行后列,且元素“0”表示被选择的天线单元,将天线端口映射到第一矩阵。当按照天线单元间等间隔分布天线端口映射到第一矩阵,即天线单元之间的间隔是0.5λ, 那么可能将应该位于第1行第3列的天线端口(图17以虚线天线单元“X”示意)映射到第1行,且第2列与第3列中间位置(图17以第2列和第3列之间的虚线示意)。由于映射后的天线端口对应的位置位于第2列与第3列中间,由于第2列和第3列相邻,那么可以认为该天线端口位于第2列(图17以实线天线单元“X”示意),也可以认为该天线端口位于第3列(图17以虚线天线单元“X”示意)。即同一个天线端口可能被映射到不同的位置,这就导致天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系不唯一,最终导致系统性能较差。Since d1, d2, and d3 are not equal, the terminal receives the first indication information and maps the antenna ports to the first matrix, and there may be various mapping situations. For example, the value carried in the first field is "11001100", assuming that d1 is 0.5 wavelengths (λ), and d2 is 1 λ. Following the existing design, usually the horizontal interval between two adjacent antenna units is 0.5 λ. When the terminal receives the first indication information and maps the antenna ports to the first matrix, there may be various mapping results. For example, the terminal maps the antenna ports to the first matrix according to the first row and then the column, and the element "0" represents the selected antenna element. When the antenna ports are distributed at equal intervals among the antenna elements and are mapped to the first matrix, that is, the interval between the antenna elements is 0.5λ, then the antenna ports that should be located in the 1st row and the 3rd column (Figure 17, the dotted line antenna element "X ”) is mapped to the 1st row, and the middle position of the 2nd column and the 3rd column (Fig. 17 shows the dotted line between the 2nd column and the 3rd column). Since the position corresponding to the mapped antenna port is located between the second and third columns, and since the second and third columns are adjacent, it can be considered that the antenna port is located in the second column (in Figure 17, the solid line antenna element "X" ”), it can also be considered that the antenna port is located in the 3rd column (indicated by the dotted line antenna element “X” in FIG. 17 ). That is, the same antenna port may be mapped to different positions, which results in a non-unique correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port, which ultimately leads to poor system performance.
为此,在本申请实施例中,第一指示信息还可以包括第三信息,该第三信息用于指示天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及指示天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。这样可兼容不均匀间隔分布的天线单元构成的天线阵列,适用范围更广,同时可保证系统性能。To this end, in this embodiment of the present application, the first indication information may further include third information, where the third information is used to indicate the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and to indicate the antenna The interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the array in the vertical direction. In this way, it is compatible with the antenna array composed of antenna elements distributed at uneven intervals, and has a wider application range and can ensure system performance at the same time.
在一些实施例中,第三信息可以直接指示第一矩阵中相邻两行之间的距离,以及第一矩阵中相邻两列之间的距离。应理解,第一矩阵中任意相邻的两列天线单元在水平方向上的间隔为第一矩阵中相邻两列之间的距离的整数倍,第一矩阵中任意相邻的两行天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔为第一矩阵中相邻两行之间的距离的整数倍。由于可按照先行后列(或先列后行)的规则将第一信息包括的每个元素映射到第一矩阵,从而根据对应元素的取值确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。所以结合第三信息可以确定天线阵列中相邻两个天线单元的水平距离和垂直距离。从这个角度来说,第三信息可以间接指示天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。为了便于描述,可将第一矩阵中相邻两行之间的距离称为垂直单位距离,将第一矩阵中相邻两列之间的距离称为水平单位距离。In some embodiments, the third information may directly indicate the distance between two adjacent rows in the first matrix and the distance between two adjacent columns in the first matrix. It should be understood that the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent columns of antenna elements in the first matrix is an integer multiple of the distance between two adjacent columns in the first matrix, and the distance between any adjacent two rows of antenna elements in the first matrix is an integer multiple. The spacing in the vertical direction is an integer multiple of the distance between two adjacent rows in the first matrix. Since each element included in the first information can be mapped to the first matrix according to the rule of row before column (or column first, row first), the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port is determined according to the value of the corresponding element. Therefore, combined with the third information, the horizontal distance and the vertical distance of two adjacent antenna elements in the antenna array can be determined. From this perspective, the third information can indirectly indicate the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array in the horizontal direction, and the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array in the vertical direction . For convenience of description, the distance between two adjacent rows in the first matrix may be referred to as a vertical unit distance, and the distance between two adjacent columns in the first matrix may be referred to as a horizontal unit distance.
应理解,同一个天线阵列可等效成不同维度的第一矩阵,例如2*4维度的天线阵列可等效为2*4维度的第一矩阵,也可能等效为4*8维度的第一矩阵。如果直接指示天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔,第一矩阵的维度越大,那么信令开销越大。而本申请实施例通过第三信息指示第一矩阵的水平单位距离以及垂直单位距离,来间接指示天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。由于第三信息只需要指示水平单位距离以及垂直单位距离,而不需要直接指示天线阵列中任意两个天线单元之间的水平间隔和垂直间隔,所以可节约信令开销。It should be understood that the same antenna array can be equivalent to a first matrix of different dimensions. For example, an antenna array of 2*4 dimensions can be equivalent to a first matrix of 2*4 dimensions, or it may be equivalent to a first matrix of 4*8 dimensions. a matrix. If the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array in the horizontal direction and the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements in the vertical direction are directly indicated, the larger the dimension of the first matrix, the greater the signaling overhead. bigger. However, in this embodiment of the present application, the third information indicates the horizontal unit distance and the vertical unit distance of the first matrix, so as to indirectly indicate the interval in the horizontal direction between any two adjacent antenna units included in the antenna array, and the interval between any adjacent two antenna units in the horizontal direction. The spacing of the antenna elements in the vertical direction. Since the third information only needs to indicate the horizontal unit distance and the vertical unit distance, and does not need to directly indicate the horizontal interval and vertical interval between any two antenna elements in the antenna array, signaling overhead can be saved.
举例来说,第三信息可以承载于RRC信令的一个字段,例如第五字段。该第五字段可占用L个比特,所以第三信息可以为L比特序列。其中,L为大于或等于1的整数。应理解,第五字段的取值可用于指示水平单位距离和/或垂直单位距离。For example, the third information may be carried in a field of the RRC signaling, such as the fifth field. The fifth field may occupy L bits, so the third information may be an L-bit sequence. Wherein, L is an integer greater than or equal to 1. It should be understood that the value of the fifth field may be used to indicate the horizontal unit distance and/or the vertical unit distance.
在一些实施例中,可事先定义水平单位距离的最小量化距离和垂直单位距离的最小量化距离。为了便于描述,下文中将水平单位距离的最小量化距离称为水平最小量化距离,将垂直单位距离的最小量化距离称为垂直最小量化距离。当然如果水平最小量化距离和垂直最小量化距离相同,那么也可以事先定义水平最小量化距离或垂直最小量化距离,例如为0.1λ,0.0.1λ等。应理解,水平单位距离为水平最小量化距离的整数倍,垂直单位距离为垂直最小量化距离的整数倍,具体的倍数可通过第三信息指示。例如,水平最小量化距离和垂直最小量化距离均为0.1λ。如果L个比特序列的值为2,那么可确定第一矩阵中相邻两列之间的距离,即水平单位距离为水平最小量化距离的2倍,即2*0.1λ。同理,第一矩阵中相邻两行之间的距离,即垂直单位距离为垂直最小量化距离的2倍,即2*0.1λ。In some embodiments, the minimum quantization distance of the horizontal unit distance and the minimum quantization distance of the vertical unit distance may be defined in advance. For convenience of description, the minimum quantization distance of the horizontal unit distance is hereinafter referred to as the horizontal minimum quantization distance, and the minimum quantization distance of the vertical unit distance is referred to as the vertical minimum quantization distance. Of course, if the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance are the same, the horizontal minimum quantization distance or the vertical minimum quantization distance may also be defined in advance, for example, 0.1λ, 0.0.1λ, and the like. It should be understood that the horizontal unit distance is an integer multiple of the horizontal minimum quantization distance, and the vertical unit distance is an integer multiple of the vertical minimum quantization distance, and the specific multiple can be indicated by the third information. For example, the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance are both 0.1λ. If the value of the L bit sequences is 2, then the distance between two adjacent columns in the first matrix can be determined, that is, the horizontal unit distance is twice the horizontal minimum quantization distance, that is, 2*0.1λ. Similarly, the distance between two adjacent rows in the first matrix, that is, the vertical unit distance, is twice the vertical minimum quantization distance, that is, 2*0.1λ.
通过第三信息可以间接指示天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。示例性的,M=4,N=2,第一字段承载的值为“01010011”。终端根据第一信息,按照先行后列的规则,将天线端口映射到第一矩阵,可获得如下的矩阵W1:The interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array in the horizontal direction and the interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array in the vertical direction can be indirectly indicated by the third information. Exemplarily, M=4, N=2, and the value carried in the first field is "01010011". According to the first information, the terminal maps the antenna ports to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and last column, and the following matrix W1 can be obtained:
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000009
根据第一信息可确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口为位于第一矩阵中第1行中第1列和第3列,以及位于第2行中的第1列和第2列的天线单元或天线振子对应的天线端口。According to the first information, it may be determined that the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports are the antenna units located in the first and third columns in the first row and the first and second columns in the second row in the first matrix. Or the antenna port corresponding to the antenna element.
假设第三信息即L个比特序列的值为2,那么终端可确定天线阵列中第1列天线单元与第3列的天线单元之间的水平距离为2*(2*0.1λ),其中,2*0.1λ为第一矩阵中相邻两列之间的距离。终端还可确定且天线阵列中第1列天线单元与第2列天线单元之间的距离为1*(2*0.1λ),第一矩阵中第1行天线单元与第2行天线单元之间的垂直距离为1*(2*0.1λ)。Assuming that the value of the third information, that is, the L bit sequences, is 2, the terminal can determine that the horizontal distance between the antenna elements in the first column and the antenna elements in the third column in the antenna array is 2*(2*0.1λ), where, 2*0.1λ is the distance between two adjacent columns in the first matrix. The terminal may also determine that the distance between the antenna elements in the first column and the antenna elements in the second column in the antenna array is 1*(2*0.1λ), and the distance between the antenna elements in the first row and the antenna elements in the second row in the first matrix is 1*(2*0.1λ). The vertical distance is 1*(2*0.1λ).
应理解,如果垂直最小量化距离和水平最小量化距离不相同,例如垂直最小量化距离为0.1λ,水平最小量化距离为0.2λ。这种情况下,第三指示可承载于两个字段,例如第六字段和第七字段,其中,第六字段可用于指示第一矩阵中任意相邻的两列在水平方向上的间隔,第七字段用于指示第一矩阵中任意相邻的两行在垂直方向上的间隔。It should be understood that if the vertical minimum quantization distance and the horizontal minimum quantization distance are different, for example, the vertical minimum quantization distance is 0.1λ, and the horizontal minimum quantization distance is 0.2λ. In this case, the third indication can be carried in two fields, such as the sixth field and the seventh field, wherein the sixth field can be used to indicate the horizontal interval between any two adjacent columns in the first matrix, and the first The seven fields are used to indicate the interval in the vertical direction of any two adjacent rows in the first matrix.
沿用上述的例子,即M=4,N=2,第一字段承载的值为“01010011”。终端根据第一信息,按照先行后列的规则,将天线端口映射到第一矩阵,可获得如下的矩阵W1:Following the above example, that is, M=4, N=2, the value carried in the first field is "01010011". According to the first information, the terminal maps the antenna ports to the first matrix according to the rule of first row and last column, and the following matrix W1 can be obtained:
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2021102680-appb-000010
假设第六字段的取值为2,第七字段的取值为3,那么终端可确定天线阵列中第1列天线单元与第3列的天线单元之间的水平距离为2*(2*0.2λ),且天线阵列中第1列天线端口与第2列天线端口之间的距离为1*(2*0.2λ),天线阵列中第1行天线单元与第2行天线单元之间的垂直距离为1*(3*0.1λ)。Assuming that the value of the sixth field is 2 and the value of the seventh field is 3, the terminal can determine that the horizontal distance between the antenna elements in the first column and the antenna elements in the third column in the antenna array is 2*(2*0.2 λ), and the distance between the antenna ports in the first column and the antenna ports in the second column in the antenna array is 1*(2*0.2λ), and the vertical distance between the antenna elements in the first row and the antenna elements in the second row in the antenna array is 1*(2*0.2λ). The distance is 1*(3*0.1λ).
需要说明的是,如果水平单位距离为水平最小量化距离,垂直单位距离为垂直最小量化距离。这种情况下,基站可不向终端发送第三信息,即第一指示信息可不包括第三信息。对于终端而言,终端如果没有接收到第三信息,可认为水平单位距离就是水平最小量化距离,垂直单位距离就是垂直最小量化距离。It should be noted that, if the horizontal unit distance is the horizontal minimum quantization distance, the vertical unit distance is the vertical minimum quantization distance. In this case, the base station may not send the third information to the terminal, that is, the first indication information may not include the third information. For the terminal, if the terminal does not receive the third information, it may be considered that the horizontal unit distance is the horizontal minimum quantization distance, and the vertical unit distance is the vertical minimum quantization distance.
应理解,第一矩阵的维度越大,第三信息的开销越大。为了尽量降低信令开销。在另一些实施例中,可以预先定义多个水平最小量化距离,以及多个垂直最小量化距离。这种情况下,第三信息还可以使用的水平最小量化距离是多个水平最小量化距离中的哪一个,要使用的垂直最小量化距离是多个垂直最小量化距离中的哪一个。It should be understood that the larger the dimension of the first matrix, the larger the overhead of the third information. In order to minimize the signaling overhead. In other embodiments, multiple horizontal minimum quantization distances and multiple vertical minimum quantization distances may be predefined. In this case, the horizontal minimum quantization distance that can be used by the third information is which one of a plurality of horizontal minimum quantization distances is, and the vertical minimum quantization distance to be used is which one of a plurality of vertical minimum quantization distances.
举例来说,可事先定义水平最小量化距离包括0.01λ、0.1λ和1λ。垂直最小量化距离与水平最小量化距离相同,也包括0.01λ、0.1λ和1λ。第三信息可承载于两个字段,例如第八字段和第九字段,其中,第八字段承载的值可用于指示水平最小量化距离和垂直最小量化距离,第九字段承载的值可用于指示水平单位距离和垂直单位距离。例如第八字段承载的值为0,表示水平最小量化距离和垂直最小量化距离为0.01λ;第八字段承载的值为1,表示水平最小量化距离和垂直最小量化距离为0.1λ;第八字段承载的值为2,表示水平最小量化距离和垂直最小量化距离1λ。应理解,如上第八字段的取值仅是举例。本申请实施例对第八字段占用的比特数不作限制,为了便于描述,下文中以第八字段占用P个比特为 例,其中P大于或等于1。第九字段占用L个比特序列,如果L个比特序列的值为2,那么可确定第一矩阵中相邻两列之间的距离,即水平单位距离为水平最小量化距离的2倍。同理,第一矩阵中相邻两行之间的距离,即垂直单位距离为垂直最小量化距离的2倍。For example, the horizontal minimum quantization distance can be defined in advance including 0.01λ, 0.1λ and 1λ. The vertical minimum quantization distance is the same as the horizontal minimum quantization distance, including 0.01λ, 0.1λ, and 1λ. The third information can be carried in two fields, such as the eighth field and the ninth field, wherein the value carried in the eighth field can be used to indicate the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance, and the value carried in the ninth field can be used to indicate the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance. Unit distance and vertical unit distance. For example, the value carried in the eighth field is 0, indicating that the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance are 0.01λ; the value carried in the eighth field is 1, indicating that the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance are 0.1λ; the eighth field The value carried is 2, representing the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance of 1λ. It should be understood that the values of the eighth field above are only examples. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of bits occupied by the eighth field. For ease of description, the following takes the eighth field occupying P bits as an example, where P is greater than or equal to 1. The ninth field occupies L bit sequences. If the value of the L bit sequences is 2, the distance between two adjacent columns in the first matrix can be determined, that is, the horizontal unit distance is twice the horizontal minimum quantization distance. Similarly, the distance between two adjacent rows in the first matrix, that is, the vertical unit distance, is twice the vertical minimum quantization distance.
应理解,如上以水平最小量化距离和垂直最小量化距离相同为例。在一些实施例中,水平最小量化距离和垂直最小量化距离可以不相同。这种情况下,第三信息也可以承载于两个字段,例如前述的第八字段和第九字段。其中,第八字段的部分比特的取值可用于指示水平最小量化距离,第八字段的另一部分比特的取值可用于指示垂直最小量化距离。It should be understood that, as above, the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance are the same as an example. In some embodiments, the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance may not be the same. In this case, the third information may also be carried in two fields, such as the aforementioned eighth field and ninth field. The value of some bits in the eighth field may be used to indicate the horizontal minimum quantization distance, and the value of another part of the bits in the eighth field may be used to indicate the vertical minimum quantization distance.
或者,水平最小量化距离和垂直最小量化距离相同,但是水平单位距离和垂直单位距离可能不同。这种情况下,第三信息也可以承载于第八字段和第九字段。其中,第八字段的取值可用于指示水平最小量化距离和垂直最小量化距离。第九字段的部分比特可用于指示水平单位距离,第九字段的另一部分比特可用于指示垂直单位距离。Alternatively, the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance are the same, but the horizontal unit distance and the vertical unit distance may be different. In this case, the third information may also be carried in the eighth field and the ninth field. The value of the eighth field may be used to indicate the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance. Part of the bits of the ninth field may be used to indicate the horizontal unit distance, and another part of the bits of the ninth field may be used to indicate the vertical unit distance.
又或者,水平最小量化距离和垂直最小量化距离不相同,水平单位距离和垂直单位距离也不相同。这种情况下,第三信息也可以承载于第八字段和第九字段。其中,第八字段的部分比特的取值可用于指示水平最小量化距离,第八字段的另一部分比特的取值可用于指示垂直最小量化距离。第九字段的部分比特可用于指示水平单位距离,第九字段的另一部分比特可用于指示垂直单位距离。Alternatively, the horizontal minimum quantization distance and the vertical minimum quantization distance are different, and the horizontal unit distance and the vertical unit distance are also different. In this case, the third information may also be carried in the eighth field and the ninth field. The value of some bits in the eighth field may be used to indicate the horizontal minimum quantization distance, and the value of another part of the bits in the eighth field may be used to indicate the vertical minimum quantization distance. Part of the bits of the ninth field may be used to indicate the horizontal unit distance, and another part of the bits of the ninth field may be used to indicate the vertical unit distance.
本申请实施例可定义多个水平最小量化距离,以及多个垂直最小量化距离,通过这种方式,可灵活设置第一矩阵的维度,以降低信令开销。且,更为精确地指示天线阵列中天线单元之间的间隔,例如可以将该间隔精确到小数点后2位或者更多位。In this embodiment of the present application, multiple horizontal minimum quantization distances and multiple vertical minimum quantization distances can be defined. In this way, the dimension of the first matrix can be flexibly set to reduce signaling overhead. Moreover, the interval between the antenna elements in the antenna array is indicated more precisely, for example, the interval can be accurate to 2 or more digits after the decimal point.
基站通过第一指示信息可为终端指示天线端口与CS-RS端口的对应关系,且针对各种混合天线阵列,基站都可为终端指示天线端口与CS-RS端口的对应关系。终端接收到第一指示信息,可根据第一指示信息将天线端口映射到第一矩阵,从而确定与CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。终端对从确定的天线端口接收的导频信号测量,进行计算得到最终的CSI,并向基站发送该CSI。由于终端根据第一指示信息可确定天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,且该第一指示信息是基站针对所使用的天线阵列,例如双极化天线阵列或者混合天线阵列确定的,所以可保证较好的系统性能。或者,针对混合天线阵列可以设计区别于第一码本的第二码本,第一指示信息也可以认为是基站针对第一码本或第二码本确定的,以尽量保证较好的系统性能。The base station can indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CS-RS port for the terminal through the first indication information, and for various hybrid antenna arrays, the base station can indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CS-RS port for the terminal. After receiving the first indication information, the terminal may map the antenna ports to the first matrix according to the first indication information, so as to determine the antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS ports. The terminal measures the pilot signal received from the determined antenna port, calculates the final CSI, and sends the CSI to the base station. Since the terminal can determine the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port according to the first indication information, and the first indication information is determined by the base station for the used antenna array, such as a dual-polarized antenna array or a hybrid antenna array, it can be Guarantee better system performance. Alternatively, a second codebook different from the first codebook can be designed for the hybrid antenna array, and the first indication information can also be considered to be determined by the base station for the first codebook or the second codebook, so as to ensure better system performance as much as possible .
本申请实施例提供的方案,如前述的第一指示信息的各种实现方案,可为终端指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。由于第一指示信息可以是根据将天线端口映射到基站使用的天线阵列等效成的双极化天线阵列,所以可兼容各种类型的天线阵列,适用范围更广。且第一指示信息与基站使用的天线阵列对应,或者第一指示信息与该天线阵列对应的码本对应,所以可保证较好的系统性能。The solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, such as the aforementioned various implementation solutions of the first indication information, can indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the CSI-RS port for the terminal. Since the first indication information may be a dual-polarized antenna array equivalent to an antenna array used by mapping the antenna ports to the base station, it is compatible with various types of antenna arrays and has a wider application range. And the first indication information corresponds to the antenna array used by the base station, or the first indication information corresponds to the codebook corresponding to the antenna array, so better system performance can be guaranteed.
上述本申请提供的实施例中,分别从终端和网络设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,终端和网络设备可以包括硬件结构和/或软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能以硬件结构、软件模块、还是硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。In the above embodiments provided in the present application, the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are respectively introduced from the perspective of interaction between a terminal and a network device. In order to implement the functions in the methods provided by the above embodiments of the present application, the terminal and the network device may include hardware structures and/or software modules, and implement the above functions in the form of hardware structures, software modules, or hardware structures plus software modules. Whether one of the above functions is performed in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例中用来实现上述方法的通信装置。因此,上文中的内容均可以用于后续实施例中,重复的内容不再赘述。The following describes a communication device used to implement the above method in the embodiments of the present application with reference to the accompanying drawings. Therefore, the above content can be used in subsequent embodiments, and repeated content will not be repeated.
图18为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1800的示意性框图。该通信装置1800可以对应实现上述各个方法实施例中由终端或网络设备实现的功能或者步骤。该通信装置可以包括处理模块1810和收发模块1820。可选的,还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据。处理模块1810和收发模块1820可以与该存储单元耦合,例如,处理单元1810可以读取存储单元中的指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据,以实现相应的方法。上述各个单元可以独立设置,也可以部分或者全部集成。FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 1800 according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus 1800 may correspondingly implement the functions or steps implemented by the terminal or the network device in each of the foregoing method embodiments. The communication device may include a processing module 1810 and a transceiver module 1820 . Optionally, a storage unit may also be included, and the storage unit may be used to store instructions (codes or programs) and/or data. The processing module 1810 and the transceiver module 1820 may be coupled with the storage unit, for example, the processing unit 1810 may read instructions (codes or programs) and/or data in the storage unit to implement corresponding methods. The above-mentioned units may be set independently, or may be partially or fully integrated.
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置1800能够对应实现上述方法实施例中终端的行为和功能。例如通信装置1800可以为终端,也可以为应用于终端中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发模块1820可以用于执行图13所示的实施例中由终端所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如图13所示的实施例中的S1301,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。其中,处理模块1810用于执行如图13所示的实施例中由终端所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如图13所示的实施例中的S1302,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some possible implementation manners, the communication apparatus 1800 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the communication apparatus 1800 may be a terminal, and may also be a component (eg, a chip or a circuit) applied in the terminal. The transceiver module 1820 may be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , such as S1301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , and/or for supporting the technology described herein. other processes. Wherein, the processing module 1810 is configured to perform all operations performed by the terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 except for the transceiving operation, such as S1302 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , and/or to support this document other procedures of the described techniques.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1820用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,以及向网络设备发送处理模块1810根据第一指示信息确定的CSI,其中,该第一指示信息用于指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1820 is configured to receive the first indication information from the network device, and send the CSI determined by the processing module 1810 according to the first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the antenna port Correspondence with CSI-RS ports.
作为一种可选的实现方式,所述天线端口与天线阵列的射频通道对应,其中,所述天线阵列满足如下的一种或多种条件:As an optional implementation manner, the antenna port corresponds to a radio frequency channel of an antenna array, where the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
该天线阵列包括至少一个第一天线单元和至少一个第二天线单元,所述第一天线单元和所述第二天线单元的端口数不同;The antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,至少一行天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同;The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,至少一列天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同。The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示信息包括第一信息,该第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,第一矩阵用于确定与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。As an optional implementation manner, the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, and the first matrix is used to determine the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port. Antenna port corresponding to CSI-RS port.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示信息还包括第二信息,该第二信息用于指示所述第一矩阵的垂直维度和水平维度。As an optional implementation manner, the first indication information further includes second information, where the second information is used to indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示信息还包括第三信息,该第三信息用于指示所述天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。As an optional implementation manner, the first indication information further includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate a horizontal interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and any phase The vertical spacing of two adjacent antenna elements.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1810可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块1820可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件或者通信接口实现。It should be understood that the processing module 1810 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1820 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component or a communication interface.
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置1800能够对应实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的行为和功能。例如通信装置1800可以为网络设备,也可以为应用于网络设备中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发模块1820可以用于执行图13所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如图13所示的实施例中的S1301,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。其中,处理模块1810用于执行如图13所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如图13所示的实施例中的S1303,和/或用于支 持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some possible implementation manners, the communication apparatus 1800 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the network devices in the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the communication apparatus 1800 may be a network device, or may be a component (eg, a chip or a circuit) applied in the network device. The transceiver module 1820 may be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , such as S1301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , and/or to support the techniques described herein other processes. Wherein, the processing module 1810 is configured to perform all operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 except for the transceiving operation, such as S1303 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , and/or for supporting Other procedures for the techniques described herein.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1820用于向终端发送处理模块1810确定的第一指示信息,并接收来自所述终端的CSI,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示天线端口与CSI-RS端口的对应关系,所述CSI是根据所述第一指示信息确定的。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1820 is configured to send the first indication information determined by the processing module 1810 to the terminal, and receive CSI from the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the antenna port and the CSI-RS The corresponding relationship of the ports, the CSI is determined according to the first indication information.
作为一种可选的实现方式,所述天线端口与天线阵列的射频通道对应,该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,其中,所述天线阵列满足如下的一种或多种条件:As an optional implementation manner, the antenna ports correspond to radio frequency channels of an antenna array, and the antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one column of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, wherein all The antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
该天线阵列包括至少一个第一天线单元和至少一个第二天线单元,所述第一天线单元和所述第二天线单元的端口数不同;The antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,至少一行天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同;The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
该天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,至少一列天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同。The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示信息包括第一信息,该第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,第一矩阵用于确定与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。As an optional implementation manner, the first indication information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, and the first matrix is used to determine the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port. Antenna port corresponding to CSI-RS port.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示信息还包括第二信息,该第二信息用于指示所述第一矩阵的垂直维度和水平维度。As an optional implementation manner, the first indication information further includes second information, where the second information is used to indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示信息还包括第三信息,该第三信息用于指示所述天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。As an optional implementation manner, the first indication information further includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate a horizontal interval between any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array, and any phase The vertical spacing of two adjacent antenna elements.
作为一种可选的实现方式,处理模块1810还用于将所述四端口天线单元等效为两个二端口天线,并根据等效后获得的二端口天线确定第一指示信息,其中,As an optional implementation manner, the processing module 1810 is further configured to equalize the four-port antenna unit into two two-port antennas, and determine the first indication information according to the two-port antennas obtained after the equivalence, wherein,
四端口天线单元的第一天线振子和第二天线振子等效为一个二端口天线单元,以及四端口天线单元的第三天线振子和第四天线振子等效为另一个二端口天线单元,第一天线振子和第三天线振子为四端口天线单元在第一极化方向上的两个天线振子,第二天线振子和第四天线振子为四端口天线单元在第二极化方向上的两个天线振子。The first antenna element and the second antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to a two-port antenna element, and the third antenna element and the fourth antenna element of the four-port antenna unit are equivalent to another two-port antenna element. The antenna element and the third antenna element are the two antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit in the first polarization direction, and the second antenna element and the fourth antenna element are the two antennas of the four-port antenna unit in the second polarization direction vibrator.
示例性的,处理模块1810将四端口天线单元等效为两个二端口天线单元的方式有多种,包括但不限于如下的几种等效方式:Exemplarily, there are many ways for the processing module 1810 to convert the four-port antenna unit into two two-port antenna units, including but not limited to the following equivalent ways:
等效方式一,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元位于同一行; Equivalent mode 1, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are located in the same row;
等效方式二,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元位于同一列; Equivalent mode 2, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are located in the same column;
等效方式三,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置发生变化,两个二端口天线单元沿对角线分布。In the third equivalent mode, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit are changed, and the two two-port antenna units are distributed along the diagonal.
等效方式四,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子的位置保持不变,其中,两个二端口天线单元中的任意一个二端口天线单元的两个天线振子的位置不同。也就是,四端口天线单元的四个天线振子等效之后的位置都不同。In the fourth equivalent manner, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit remain unchanged, wherein the positions of the two antenna elements of any one of the two two-port antenna units are different. That is, the positions of the four antenna elements of the four-port antenna unit after being equivalent are all different.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1810可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块1820可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件或者通信接口实现。It should be understood that the processing module 1810 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1820 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component or a communication interface.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1810可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块1820可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件或者通信接口实现。It should be understood that the processing module 1810 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1820 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component or a communication interface.
如图19所示为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1900,其中,通信装置1900可以是终端,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端的功能,或者,通信装置1900可以是网络设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备的功能;通信装置1900也可以是能够支持终端实现本申请实施例提供的方法中对应的功能的装置,或者能够支持网络设备实现本申请实施例提供的方法中对应的功能的装置。其中,该通信装置1900可以为芯片或芯片系统。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。FIG. 19 shows a communication apparatus 1900 provided in this embodiment of the present application, where the communication apparatus 1900 may be a terminal capable of implementing the functions of the terminal in the method provided in this embodiment of the present application, or the communication apparatus 1900 may be a network device capable of Implement the function of the network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; the communication apparatus 1900 may also be a device that can support the terminal to implement the corresponding function in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, or can support the network device to implement the function provided by the embodiment of the present application. The means of the corresponding function in the method. Wherein, the communication device 1900 may be a chip or a chip system. In this embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
在硬件实现上,上述收发模块1820可以为收发器,收发器集成在通信装置1900中构成通信接口1910。In terms of hardware implementation, the above-mentioned transceiver module 1820 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver is integrated into the communication device 1900 to form a communication interface 1910 .
通信装置1900包括至少一个处理器1920,用于实现或用于支持通信装置1900实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备或终端的功能。具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。The communication apparatus 1900 includes at least one processor 1920, which is configured to implement or support the communication apparatus 1900 to implement the function of the network device or terminal in the method provided in the embodiments of this application. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not repeated here.
通信装置1900还可以包括至少一个存储器1930,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器1930和处理器1920耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1920可能和存储器1930协同操作。处理器1920可能执行存储器1930中存储的程序指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置1900实现相应的方法。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。Communication apparatus 1900 may also include at least one memory 1930 for storing program instructions and/or data. Memory 1930 and processor 1920 are coupled. The coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules. Processor 1920 may cooperate with memory 1930. The processor 1920 may execute program instructions and/or data stored in the memory 1930 to cause the communication device 1900 to implement the corresponding method. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
通信装置1900还可以包括通信接口1910,用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信,从而用于通信装置1900中的装置可以和其它设备进行通信。示例性地,当该通信装置为终端时,该其它设备为网络设备;或者,当该通信装置为网络设备时,该其它设备为终端。处理器1920可以利用通信接口1910收发数据。通信接口1910具体可以是收发器。The communication apparatus 1900 may also include a communication interface 1910 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the devices used in the communication apparatus 1900 may communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, when the communication device is a terminal, the other device is a network device; or, when the communication device is a network device, the other device is a terminal. The processor 1920 may use the communication interface 1910 to send and receive data. The communication interface 1910 may specifically be a transceiver.
本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口1910、处理器1920以及存储器1930之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图19中以存储器1930、处理器1920以及通信接口1910之间通过总线1940连接,总线在图19中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图19中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The specific connection medium between the communication interface 1910 , the processor 1920 , and the memory 1930 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 1930, the processor 1920, and the communication interface 1910 are connected through a bus 1940 in FIG. 19. The bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 19, and the connection between other components is only for schematic illustration. , is not limited. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 19, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
在本申请实施例中,处理器1920可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In this embodiment of the present application, the processor 1920 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which may implement Alternatively, each method, step, and logic block diagram disclosed in the embodiments of the present application are executed. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
在本申请实施例中,存储器1930可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。In this embodiment of the present application, the memory 1930 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), and may also be a volatile memory (volatile memory), Such as random-access memory (random-access memory, RAM). Memory is, but is not limited to, any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer. The memory in this embodiment of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of implementing a storage function, for storing program instructions and/or data.
需要说明的是,上述实施例中的通信装置可以是终端也可以是电路,也可以是应用于 终端中的芯片或者其他具有上述终端功能的组合器件、部件等。当通信装置是终端时,收发模块可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等,处理模块可以是处理器,例如:中央处理模块(central processing unit,CPU)。当通信装置是具有上述终端功能的部件时,收发模块可以是射频单元,处理模块可以是处理器。当通信装置是芯片或芯片系统时,收发模块可以是芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口、处理模块可以是芯片或芯片系统的处理器。It should be noted that, the communication device in the above embodiment may be a terminal or a circuit, and may also be a chip applied in the terminal or other combined devices and components having the above terminal function. When the communication device is a terminal, the transceiver module may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., and the processing module may be a processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU). When the communication device is a component with the above terminal function, the transceiver module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module may be a processor. When the communication device is a chip or a chip system, the transceiver module may be an input/output interface of the chip or the chip system, and the processing module may be a processor of the chip or the chip system.
图20示出了一种简化的通信装置的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图20中,以通信装置是基站作为例子。该基站可应用于如图1所示的系统中,可以为图1中的网络设备,执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。FIG. 20 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified communication device. For the convenience of understanding and illustration, in FIG. 20 , the communication device is a base station as an example. The base station may be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 , and may be the network device in FIG. 1 , and execute the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
该通信装置2000可包括收发器2001、存储器2021以及处理器2022。该收发器2001可以用于通信装置进行通信,如用于发送或接收上述指示信息等。该存储器2021与所述处理器2022耦合,可用于保存通信装置2000实现各功能所必要的程序和数据。该处理器2022被配置为支持通信装置2000执行上述方法中相应的功能,所述功能可通过调用存储器2021存储的程序实现。The communication device 2000 may include a transceiver 2001 , a memory 2021 and a processor 2022 . The transceiver 2001 can be used for communication by a communication device, such as for sending or receiving the above-mentioned indication information. The memory 2021 is coupled to the processor 2022, and can be used to store programs and data necessary for the communication device 2000 to implement various functions. The processor 2022 is configured to support the communication device 2000 to perform the corresponding functions in the above-mentioned methods, and the functions can be implemented by calling programs stored in the memory 2021 .
具体的,该收发器2010可以是无线收发器,可用于支持通信装置2000通过无线空口进行接收和发送信令和/或数据。收发器2010也可被称为收发单元或通信单元,收发器2010可包括一个或多个射频单元2012以及一个或多个天线2011,其中,射频单元如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)或者有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU),具体可用于射频信号的传输以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,该一个或多个天线具体可用于进行射频信号的辐射和接收。可选的,收发器2010可以仅包括以上射频单元2012,则此时通信装置2000可包括收发器2010、存储器2021、处理器2022以及天线。Specifically, the transceiver 2010 may be a wireless transceiver, which may be used to support the communication apparatus 2000 to receive and send signaling and/or data through a wireless air interface. The transceiver 2010 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit or a communication unit, and the transceiver 2010 may include one or more radio frequency units 2012 and one or more antennas 2011, wherein the radio frequency unit is such as a remote radio unit (remote radio unit, RRU) Or an active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU), which can be specifically used for the transmission of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, and the one or more antennas can specifically be used for radiation and reception of radio frequency signals. Optionally, the transceiver 2010 may only include the above radio frequency unit 2012, and then the communication apparatus 2000 may include the transceiver 2010, a memory 2021, a processor 2022, and an antenna.
存储器2021以及处理器2022可集成于一体也可相互独立。如图20所示,可将存储器2021以及处理器2022集成于通信装置2000的控制单元2020。示例性的,控制单元2020可包括LTE基站的基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),基带单元也可称为数字单元(digital unit,DU),或者,该控制单元2020可包括5G和未来无线接入技术下基站中的分布式单元(distribute unit,DU)和/或集中单元(centralized unit,CU)。上述控制单元2020可由一个或多个天线面板构成,其中,多个天线面板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网络),多个天线面板也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网络,5G网络或其他网络)。所述存储器2021和处理器2022可以服务于一个或多个天线面板。也就是说,可以每个天线面板上单独设置存储器2021和处理器2022。也可以是多个天线面板共用相同的存储器2021和处理器2022。此外每个天线面板上可以设置有必要的电路,如,该电路可用于实现存储器2021以及处理器2022的耦合。以上收发器2010、处理器2022以及存储器2021之间可通过总线(bus)结构和/或其他连接介质实现连接。The memory 2021 and the processor 2022 can be integrated or independent from each other. As shown in FIG. 20 , the memory 2021 and the processor 2022 can be integrated into the control unit 2020 of the communication device 2000 . Exemplarily, the control unit 2020 may include a baseband unit (BBU) of an LTE base station, and the baseband unit may also be referred to as a digital unit (DU), or the control unit 2020 may include 5G and future wireless access A distributed unit (DU) and/or a centralized unit (CU) in a base station under the technology. The above control unit 2020 may be composed of one or more antenna panels, wherein, multiple antenna panels can jointly support a wireless access network (such as an LTE network) of a single access standard, and multiple antenna panels can also support different access standards. Radio access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other network). The memory 2021 and processor 2022 may serve one or more antenna panels. That is, the memory 2021 and the processor 2022 may be separately provided on each antenna panel. It is also possible that multiple antenna panels share the same memory 2021 and processor 2022 . In addition, necessary circuits may be provided on each antenna panel, for example, the circuits may be used to realize the coupling between the memory 2021 and the processor 2022 . The above transceiver 2010, processor 2022 and memory 2021 can be connected through a bus structure and/or other connection media.
基于图20所示结构,当通信装置2000需要发送数据时,处理器2022可对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频单元,射频单元将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式进行发送。当有数据发送到通信装置2000时,射频单元通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器2022,处理器2022将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。Based on the structure shown in FIG. 20 , when the communication device 2000 needs to send data, the processor 2022 can perform baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then output the baseband signal to the radio frequency unit, and the radio frequency unit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna. It is sent in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the communication device 2000, the radio frequency unit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 2022. The processor 2022 converts the baseband signal into data and sends the data to the data. to be processed.
基于如图20所示结构,收发器2010可用于执行以上由收发模块1820所执行的步骤。和/或,处理器2022可用于调用存储器2021中的指令以执行以上由处理模块1810所执行的步骤。Based on the structure shown in FIG. 20 , the transceiver 2010 can be used to perform the above steps performed by the transceiver module 1820 . And/or, the processor 2022 may be used to invoke instructions in the memory 2021 to perform the steps performed by the processing module 1810 above.
图21示出了一种简化的终端的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图21中,该终端以手机作为例子。如图21所示,终端包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对该车载单元进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的设备可以不具有输入输出装置。FIG. 21 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal. For the convenience of understanding and illustration, in FIG. 21 , the terminal takes a mobile phone as an example. As shown in Figure 21, the terminal includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the vehicle-mounted unit, execute software programs, and process data of software programs. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of equipment may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到该设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图21中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of illustration, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 21 . In an actual device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为该装置的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为该装置的处理单元。如图21所示,该装置包括收发单元2110和处理单元2120。收发单元2110也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元2120也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元2110中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元2110中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元2110包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元2110有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with a transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit of the apparatus, and the processor with the processing function may be regarded as the processing unit of the apparatus. As shown in FIG. 21 , the device includes a transceiver unit 2110 and a processing unit 2120 . The transceiver unit 2110 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, or the like. The processing unit 2120 may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 2110 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 2110 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 2110 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. The transceiver unit 2110 may also be sometimes referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit or the like. The receiving unit may also sometimes be referred to as a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, or the like. The transmitting unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
应理解,收发单元2110用于执行上述方法实施例中终端侧的发送操作和接收操作,处理单元2120用于执行上述方法实施例中终端上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。It should be understood that the transceiver unit 2110 is configured to perform the sending and receiving operations on the terminal side in the foregoing method embodiments, and the processing unit 2120 is configured to perform other operations on the terminal except for the sending and receiving operations in the foregoing method embodiments.
例如,在一种实现方式中,收发单元2110可以用于执行图13所示的实施例中的S1301,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, in one implementation, the transceiver unit 2110 may be used to perform S1301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein.
当该通信装置为芯片类的装置或者电路时,该装置可以包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,所述收发单元可以是输入输出电路和/或通信接口;处理单元为集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device is a chip-type device or circuit, the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit. The transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface; the processing unit may be an integrated processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit.
本实施例中,可以参照图22所示的装置。作为一个例子,该装置可以完成类似于图18中处理模块1810的功能。在图22中,该装置包括处理器2210,发送数据处理器2220,接收数据处理器2130。上述实施例中的处理模块1810可以是图22中的该处理器2210,并完成相应的功能。上述实施例中的处理模块1810可以是图22中的发送数据处理器2220,和/或接收数据处理器2230。虽然图22中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器,但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明,仅是示意性的。In this embodiment, reference may be made to the device shown in FIG. 22 . As an example, the apparatus may perform functions similar to the processing module 1810 in FIG. 18 . In FIG. 22, the apparatus includes a processor 2210, a transmit data processor 2220, and a receive data processor 2130. The processing module 1810 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the processor 2210 in FIG. 22, and performs corresponding functions. The processing module 1810 in the above embodiment may be the sending data processor 2220 and/or the receiving data processor 2230 in FIG. 22 . Although the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 22, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a limitative description of this embodiment, but are only illustrative.
图23示出本实施例的另一种形式。通信装置2300中包括调制子系统、中央处理子系统、周边子系统等模块。本实施例中的通信装置可以作为其中的调制子系统。具体的,该调制子系统可以包括处理器2303,接口2304。其中处理器2303完成上述处理模块1810的功能,接口2304完成上述收发模块1820的功能。作为另一种变形,该调制子系统包括存储器2306、处理器2303及存储在存储器2306上并可在处理器上运行的程序,该处理器 2303执行该程序时实现上述方法实施例中终端的方法。需要注意的是,所述存储器2306可以是非易失性的,也可以是易失性的,其位置可以位于调制子系统内部,也可以位于通信装置2300中,只要该存储器2306可以连接到所述处理器2303即可。FIG. 23 shows another form of this embodiment. The communication device 2300 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem. The communication apparatus in this embodiment may serve as a modulation subsystem therein. Specifically, the modulation subsystem may include a processor 2303 and an interface 2304 . The processor 2303 completes the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1810 , and the interface 2304 implements the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 1820 . As another variant, the modulation subsystem includes a memory 2306, a processor 2303, and a program stored in the memory 2306 and executable on the processor. When the processor 2303 executes the program, the method of the terminal in the above method embodiment is implemented . It should be noted that the memory 2306 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the communication device 2300, as long as the memory 2306 can be connected to the The processor 2303 is sufficient.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,具体的,通信系统包括网络设备和终端,或者还可以包括更多个网络设备和多个终端。示例性的,通信系统包括用于实现上述图13的相关功能的网络设备和终端。The embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, specifically, the communication system includes a network device and a terminal, or may further include more network devices and multiple terminals. Exemplarily, the communication system includes a network device and a terminal for implementing the above-mentioned related functions of FIG. 13 .
所述网络设备分别用于实现上述图13相关网络部分的功能。所述终端用于实现上述图13相关终端的功能。具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。The network devices are respectively used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned network parts related to FIG. 13 . The terminal is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned terminal related to FIG. 13 . For details, please refer to the relevant descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图13中网络设备执行的方法;或者当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图13中终端执行的方法。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which, when running on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the network device in FIG. 13 ; or when running on the computer, cause the computer to execute the method The method performed by the terminal in FIG. 13 .
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图13中网络设备执行的方法;或者当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图13中终端执行的方法。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which, when running on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the network device in FIG. 13 ; or when running on the computer, cause the computer to execute the method shown in FIG. 13 . The method executed in the terminal.
本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现前述方法中网络设备或终端的功能;或者用于实现前述方法中网络设备和终端的功能。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。The embodiments of the present application provide a chip system, which includes a processor and may also include a memory, for implementing the functions of the network device or terminal in the foregoing method; or for implementing the functions of the network device and the terminal in the foregoing method. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
应理解,本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c,或a、b和c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。It should be understood that the terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application may be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or", which describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can indicate: the existence of A alone, the existence of A and B at the same time, and the existence of B alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one item(s) below" or similar expressions thereof refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s). For example, at least one (a) of a, b or c, can represent: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a, b and c, where a, b, c Can be single or multiple.
以及,除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如,第一放松测量策略和第二放松测量策略,只是为了区分不同的测量,而并不是表示这两种策略的优先级、或者重要程度等的不同。And, unless stated to the contrary, the ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, sequence, priority or priority of multiple objects. Importance. For example, the first relaxation measurement strategy and the second relaxation measurement strategy are only for differentiating different measurements, but do not indicate the difference in priority or importance of the two strategies.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step),能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the various illustrative logical blocks and steps described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware accomplish. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的 划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (29)

  1. 一种信道状态信息CSI的反馈方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for feeding back channel state information CSI, comprising:
    接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示天线端口与信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口的对应关系;receiving first indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a correspondence between an antenna port and a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS port;
    根据所述第一指示信息向所述网络设备发送CSI。Send CSI to the network device according to the first indication information.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述天线端口与天线阵列的射频通道对应,其中,所述天线阵列满足如下的一种或多种条件:The method of claim 1, wherein the antenna port corresponds to a radio frequency channel of an antenna array, wherein the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
    所述天线阵列包括至少一个第一天线单元和至少一个第二天线单元,所述第一天线单元和所述第二天线单元的端口数不同;The antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
    所述天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,所述至少一行天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同;The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one column of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
    所述天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,所述至少一列天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同。The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one column of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,其中,所述第一矩阵用于确定与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first indication information comprises first information, and the first information is used to indicate an antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, Wherein, the first matrix is used to determine the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一矩阵的垂直维度和水平维度。The method of claim 3, wherein the first indication information further comprises second information, wherein the second information is used to indicate a vertical dimension and a horizontal dimension of the first matrix.
  5. 如权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the first indication information further includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate that any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array are in The spacing in the horizontal direction, and the spacing in the vertical direction of any two adjacent antenna elements.
  6. 一种信道状态信息的反馈方法,其特征在于,包括:A feedback method for channel state information, comprising:
    向终端发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示天线端口与信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口的对应关系;sending first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS port;
    接收来自所述终端的信道状态信息CSI,其中,所述CSI是根据所述第一指示信息确定的。Receive channel state information CSI from the terminal, where the CSI is determined according to the first indication information.
  7. 如权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述天线端口与天线阵列的射频通道对应,其中,所述天线阵列满足如下的一种或多种条件:The method of claim 6, wherein the antenna port corresponds to a radio frequency channel of an antenna array, wherein the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
    所述天线阵列包括至少一个第一天线单元和至少一个第二天线单元,所述第一天线单元和所述第二天线单元的端口数不同;The antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
    所述天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,所述至少一行天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同;The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one column of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
    所述天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,所述至少一列天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同。The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one column of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
  8. 如权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,其中,所述第一矩阵用于确定与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the first indication information comprises first information, and the first information is used to indicate the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix, Wherein, the first matrix is used to determine the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一矩阵的垂直维度和水平维度。The method of claim 8, wherein the first indication information further comprises second information, wherein the second information is used to indicate a vertical dimension and a horizontal dimension of the first matrix.
  10. 如权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the first indication information further includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate that any two adjacent antenna elements included in the antenna array are in The spacing in the horizontal direction, and the spacing in the vertical direction of any two adjacent antenna elements.
  11. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块,其中,A communication device is characterized by comprising a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein,
    所述收发模块,用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示天线端口与信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口的对应关系;The transceiver module is configured to receive first indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a correspondence between an antenna port and a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS port;
    所述收发模块,还用于向所述网络设备发送所述处理模块根据所述第一指示信息确定的信道状态信息CSI。The transceiver module is further configured to send the channel state information CSI determined by the processing module according to the first indication information to the network device.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述天线端口与天线阵列的射频通道对应,其中,所述天线阵列满足如下的一种或多种条件:The communication device according to claim 11, wherein the antenna port corresponds to a radio frequency channel of an antenna array, wherein the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
    所述天线阵列包括至少一个第一天线单元和至少一个第二天线单元,所述第一天线单元和所述第二天线单元的端口数不同;The antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
    所述天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,所述至少一行天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同;The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one column of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
    所述天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,所述至少一列天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同。The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one column of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
  13. 如权利要求11或12所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,其中,所述第一矩阵用于确定与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。The communication apparatus according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the first indication information comprises first information, and the first information is used to indicate an antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix , wherein the first matrix is used to determine the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一矩阵的垂直维度和水平维度。The communication device according to claim 13, wherein the first indication information further comprises second information, the second information being used to indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix.
  15. 如权利要求13或14所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。The communication device according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the first indication information further includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate any two adjacent antenna units included in the antenna array The spacing in the horizontal direction, and the spacing between any two adjacent antenna elements in the vertical direction.
  16. 如权利要求11-15任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块为处理器,所述收发模块为收发器。The communication device according to any one of claims 11-15, wherein the processing module is a processor, and the transceiver module is a transceiver.
  17. 如权利要求11-16任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置为终端设备、芯片或芯片系统。The communication device according to any one of claims 11-16, wherein the communication device is a terminal device, a chip or a chip system.
  18. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块,其中,A communication device is characterized by comprising a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein,
    所述收发模块,用于向终端发送所述处理模块生成的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示天线端口与信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS端口的对应关系;The transceiver module is configured to send the first indication information generated by the processing module to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the correspondence between the antenna port and the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS port;
    所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述终端的信道状态信息CSI,其中,所述CSI是根据所述第一指示信息确定的。The transceiver module is further configured to receive channel state information CSI from the terminal, where the CSI is determined according to the first indication information.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述天线端口与天线阵列的射频通道对应,其中,所述天线阵列满足如下的一种或多种条件:The communication device according to claim 18, wherein the antenna port corresponds to a radio frequency channel of an antenna array, wherein the antenna array satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
    所述天线阵列包括至少一个第一天线单元和至少一个第二天线单元,所述第一天线单元和所述第二天线单元的端口数不同;The antenna array includes at least one first antenna unit and at least one second antenna unit, and the number of ports of the first antenna unit and the second antenna unit are different;
    所述天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一列天线单元,所述至少一行天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同;The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one column of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the interval between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same;
    所述天线阵列包括沿水平方向排布的至少一行天线单元和沿垂直方向排布的至少一 列天线单元,所述至少一列天线单元中两两天线单元之间的间隔不相同或者部分相同。The antenna array includes at least one row of antenna elements arranged in a horizontal direction and at least one column of antenna elements arranged in a vertical direction, and the spacing between two antenna elements in the at least one row of antenna elements is different or partially the same.
  20. 如权利要求18或19所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一矩阵中与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口,其中,所述第一矩阵用于确定与所述CSI-RS端口对应的天线端口。The communication apparatus according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the first indication information comprises first information, and the first information is used to indicate an antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port in the first matrix , wherein the first matrix is used to determine the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS port.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一矩阵的垂直维度和水平维度。The communication device according to claim 20, wherein the first indication information further comprises second information, the second information is used to indicate the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension of the first matrix.
  22. 如权利要求20或21所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述天线阵列包括的任意相邻的两个天线单元在水平方向上的间隔,以及任意相邻的两个天线单元在垂直方向上的间隔。The communication device according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the first indication information further includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate any two adjacent antenna units included in the antenna array The spacing in the horizontal direction, and the spacing between any two adjacent antenna elements in the vertical direction.
  23. 如权利要求18-22任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块为处理器,所述收发模块为收发器。The communication device according to any one of claims 18-22, wherein the processing module is a processor, and the transceiver module is a transceiver.
  24. 如权利要求18-23任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置为网络设备、芯片或芯片系统。The communication device according to any one of claims 18-23, wherein the communication device is a network device, a chip or a chip system.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于执行存储在所述存储器上的计算机程序,使得所述装置执行如权利要求1~5或6~10中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device comprises a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the device executes the The method of any one of claims 1-5 or 6-10.
  26. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于输入和/或输出信息,所述处理器用于执行计算机程序,使得所述装置执行如权利要求1~5或6~10中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device comprises a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used for inputting and/or outputting information, and the processor is used for executing a computer program, so that the device executes the method as claimed in the claims The method of any one of 1-5 or 6-10.
  27. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统包括如权利要求11~17之一的通信装置和如权利要求18~24之一的通信装置。A communication system, characterized in that the communication system comprises the communication device according to one of claims 11-17 and the communication device according to one of claims 18-24.
  28. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序当被计算机执行时,使所述计算机执行如权利要求1~5或6~10中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when executed by a computer, the computer program causes the computer to execute the method as claimed in claims 1 to 5 or 6 to 10. any of the methods described.
  29. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序当被计算机执行时,使所述计算机执行如权利要求1~5或6~10中任意一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product stores a computer program, and when executed by a computer, the computer program causes the computer to execute any one of claims 1 to 5 or 6 to 10. method described.
PCT/CN2021/102680 2020-06-30 2021-06-28 Channel state information feedback method and communication apparatus WO2022001933A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010622808.9 2020-06-30
CN202010622808.9A CN113872649B (en) 2020-06-30 2020-06-30 Feedback method of channel state information and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022001933A1 true WO2022001933A1 (en) 2022-01-06

Family

ID=78981940

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/102680 WO2022001933A1 (en) 2020-06-30 2021-06-28 Channel state information feedback method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113872649B (en)
WO (1) WO2022001933A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023226838A1 (en) * 2022-05-27 2023-11-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Channel information feedback method, electronic device, and computer-readable medium

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023155707A1 (en) * 2022-02-17 2023-08-24 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, network device, and terminal device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105075322A (en) * 2013-03-28 2015-11-18 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for acquiring channel state information in antenna array
WO2016111524A1 (en) * 2015-01-05 2016-07-14 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for estimating channel status in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor
CN107231223A (en) * 2016-03-24 2017-10-03 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of data processing method and device
CN109428637A (en) * 2017-08-28 2019-03-05 华为技术有限公司 A kind of CSI-RS measurement feedback method and equipment

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016141778A1 (en) * 2015-03-06 2016-09-15 电信科学技术研究院 Channel state information acquisition method, and channel state information feedback method and apparatus
CN106559121B (en) * 2015-09-25 2021-07-09 华为技术有限公司 Multi-antenna channel measuring method and device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105075322A (en) * 2013-03-28 2015-11-18 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for acquiring channel state information in antenna array
WO2016111524A1 (en) * 2015-01-05 2016-07-14 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for estimating channel status in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor
CN107231223A (en) * 2016-03-24 2017-10-03 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of data processing method and device
CN109428637A (en) * 2017-08-28 2019-03-05 华为技术有限公司 A kind of CSI-RS measurement feedback method and equipment

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023226838A1 (en) * 2022-05-27 2023-11-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Channel information feedback method, electronic device, and computer-readable medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113872649A (en) 2021-12-31
CN113872649B (en) 2023-03-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110999103B (en) Electronic device, method, and medium for wireless communication
US11063649B2 (en) Encoding of enhanced type II channel state information
WO2022001933A1 (en) Channel state information feedback method and communication apparatus
EP4037196A1 (en) Transmission precoding matrix indication method and device
WO2018137547A1 (en) Electronic device, communication method, and medium
WO2022042260A1 (en) Method for determining codebook, and communication apparatus
CN114374416A (en) Codebook subset restriction for enhanced type II channel state information reporting
US11296755B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
US10826587B2 (en) Antenna diversity for beacon broadcasting in directional wireless network
CN114747275A (en) II-type CSI port selection codebook enhancement with partial reciprocity
US20240088969A1 (en) Channel State Information Reporting
US10218083B2 (en) Method, apparatus and system
WO2022040890A1 (en) Information indication method and apparatus
EP4192160A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
CN113872738B (en) Indication method, determination method and communication device for antenna array form
WO2022151561A1 (en) Csi-rs enhancement for port selection codebook with channel reciprocity
WO2021159537A1 (en) Channel state information feedback method and communication apparatus
US9825681B2 (en) Communication station with elevation beamforming and related communication device
WO2020155116A1 (en) Pmi reporting method and communication apparatus
WO2022047634A1 (en) Reference signal sending method and communication apparatus
EP4373004A1 (en) Information feedback method and related apparatus
EP4380068A1 (en) Precoding matrix indicator feedback method and communication apparatus
CN117479222A (en) Communication method and device
CN116761257A (en) Channel measurement resource allocation method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN115733532A (en) Communication method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21833299

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21833299

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1